Sbo 20

Technical Documentation
Servicing Procedure Catalog
SBO 20/24 - N 12410

HSK
SIDEL
Thalande
Publication date : 13/11/2009

SIDEL "BLOWING & COATING DIVISION" - Avenue de la patrouille de France - Octeville sur mer - BP 204 - 76 053 Le Havre Cedex FRANCE
Tel : 00 33 (0)2.32.85.86.87 - Fax : 00.33 (0)2.32.85.81.00 - Email : service@fra.sidel.com
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / Revision history
REVISION HISTORY
The information contained within this document is the property of SIDEL. Except in the case of authorizations
expressly accorded granted by means of a contract, no part of this document may be copied or disclosed without
the prior written agreement of SIDEL
m
Creation and revision

Date
13/11/2009
SIDEL
Creation
1/2
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / Revision history
2/2
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / Contents
GENERAL PRESENTATION
USER PROCEDURE
MECHANICAL OPERATION
PROCEDURE
ELECTRICAL OPERATION
PROCEDURE
Part A
Part B
Part C
Part D
CONTENTS
General presentation
Part A
.............................................................................................................................................
USER PROCEDURE
Safety procedure
Part B
..............................................................................................................................................
Operating procedure
........................................................................................................................................
Production process procedure
.........................................................................................................................
MECHANICAL OPERATION PROCEDURE

Inspecting / cleaning procedure
Removal / Refit procedure
Adjustment procedure
Greasing procedure
BPU
Part C
.......................................................................................................................
BNM
...............................................................................................................................
BDM
.....................................................................................................................................
BRM
.........................................................................................................................................
BGM
ELECTRICAL OPERATION PROCEDURE

Part D
.......................................................................................................................
BNE
...............................................................................................................................
BDE
......................................................................................................................................
BRE
SIDEL
BSU
BCU
1/2
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / Contents
2/2
Part A
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / Table of Contents
USER PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
Part A
Part B
Part C
Part D
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword
............................................................................................................................................................
General Information
............................................................................................................................................
Using the Servicing Procedure Catalog

Procedure classification
..............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................
Information contained in the procedure bars

List of procedure bars
1.3.2
1.3.3
..................................................................................................................
1.3.4
.................................................................................................................................
1.3.5
...............................................................................................................
1.3.5.1
..............................................................................................................................
1.3.5.2
Final status of the machine

Writing conventions
1.3
1.3.1
.............................................................................................
Initial status of the machine

Basic precautions
1.2
................................................................................................................................
Contents of the procedure files

Using the procedures
1.1
...............................................................................................................
1.3.5.3
....................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................
1.4
SIDEL
Documents supplied with the machine
1.3.6
A - 1/2
Part A
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
A - 2/2
Part A
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / General presentation
1 GENERAL PRESENTATION
1.1
Foreword
Before using a procedure, first read the User Manual.
1.2
General Information
The Servicing Procedure Catalog includes the following:

- safety measures and precautions,
- operating modes for preventive maintenance operations at levels 1, 2 and 3,
- main actions relating to the operation or the setting up of the machine.
1.3
Using the Servicing Procedure Catalog
1.3.1
Procedure classification
The procedures are classed in 5 categories:
- Safety procedure,
- operating procedure,
- process (machine setting) procedure,
- mechanical operation procedure,
- electrical operation procedure.
1.3.2
Information contained in the procedure bars

1
1-PIC071-01-xx.svg
Operation pictogram (1)

The pictogram specifies the procedure type and is a visual reference which makes the Catalog easier to follow.
m
Pictogram
Signifies
Safety procedure
Operating procedure

SIDEL
Greasing procedure
Procedure level(2)
For operating and setting procedures the level of the procedure corresponds to the required user profile.
m
A - 1 - 1/4
SBO 20/24
Part A
For safety and servicing procedures the level of the procedure corresponds to the qualifications required of the
techncians.
Procedure title (3)
Summary of the procedure.
m
Procedure reference (4)

Procedure references are coded as follows:
- The first letter indicates the division within "SIDEL" to which the procedure belongs; "Blowing", "Coating",
"Filling" ...
- The second letter indicates the type of procedure; Operating, Process, Cleaning, Removal, Adjustment or
Greasing.
- The third letter indicates the area of the procedure; Operation, Mechanical or Electrical.
- The 3 figures indicate the reference number of the procedure.
m
Reference and number of pages (5)

The first figure indicates the page number. The second figure indicates the number of pages in the procedure file.
m
1.3.3
List of procedure bars
1.3.4
Contents of the procedure files
The procedures contain the following information:
- the part of the machine at which the procedure will take place,
- specific safety precautions relating to the procedure,
- specific conditions relating to the procedure (machine status),
- equipment and materials required for the procedure (spare parts, specific tools, lubricants etc.),
- procedures to be followed,
- actions at the end of the operation.
A - 1 - 2/4
SIDEL
1-PIC070-01-02.svg
Part A
1.3.5
SBO 20/24
Using the procedures
1.3.5.1 Initial status of the machine

All servicing procedures (except operating procedures) assume that the machine has been correctly installed, stopped
normally (no faults) and has been connected to all required utilities (high and low pressure air, water, electricity etc.).
If this is not the case, you should first ensure that the machine meets these requirements.
All power supplies to the machine (except those required by and specified in the servicing procedure) must be shut
off.
1.3.5.2 Basic precautions
Before using any of the procedure sheets, first refer to the User manual for the following:
- to follow the safety precautions,
- to ensure that all personnel involved possess the required profile and qualifications,
- to ensure that the correct lubricants and/or cleaning agents are used.
Before starting, make you that you have read the entire procedure, in order to:
- identify the part of the machine at which the procedure needs to be carried out,
- ensure that all power and utility supplies not required for the procedure have been cut,
- follow all safety precautions specific to the procedure,
- obtain other procedure files as required,
- identify and obtain equipment required for the procedure.
Always follow each step of the procedure in order.
Unless otherwise indicated, tighten all threaded parts to the torques corresponding to their diameter and
type, please refer to chapter "Bolt tightening torques" chapter located in the "Appendix" section of the User
manual.
1.3.5.3 Final status of the machine
When you have completed a procedure, always check the following:
- that the area where the procedure has been carried out is clean,
- that no tools or foreign objects have been left behind,
- that the machine has been returned to production set up,
- that the machine does not pose any potential danger to the personnel and their surroundings.
1.3.6
Writing conventions
Symbols
Important sections of text will be accompanied by the following symbols:
m
Strictly prohibited.
Obligatory before carrying out a procedure.
Warning, advice, recommendation or possible consequences of an action.
Remark or observation on the results of an operation.
SIDEL
Additional information located in a sub-chapter or another chapter in this manual or another manual.
A - 1 - 3/4
SBO 20/24
Part A
Symbols and writing conventions

Symbol or convention
Signifies
Step number in the procedure file
Indicates a condition that must be met in order to carry out an action (Test - Check Indirect action)
The location of the operation
Number reference: identifies an assembly, a sub-assembly or a part
Color code: identifies and/or locates an assembly, a sub-assembly or a part in an
illustration
Alpha-numerical reference: identifies an assembly, a sub-assembly or a part
Indicates the result of a step in the procedure
Highlight key words or phrases to make reading easier
Indicate supplementary information relating to this word in the current manual's
glossary
Indicates a reference to another procedure or chapter
1.4
Documents supplied with the machine
Presentation Manual.
Operator Manual.
Servicing Procedure Catalog (inspection / cleaning, removal / refit, setting, lubrication, etc.).
Spare-parts catalog "Machine" (assembly drawings and part-list nomenclature).
Spare-parts catalog specific to articles to be produced, otherwise known as "Personalized" or "Custom"
parts(assembly drawings and part-list nomenclature).
- Back-up copy of the PCC (DVD-ROM) application.
SIDEL
A - 1 - 4/4
Part B
SBO 20/24
USER PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
Part A
Part B
Part C
Part D
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFETY PROCEDURE
BSU
Safety: opening/closing molds
..................................................................................................................
Safety: blocking the manual rotation system
............................................................................................
Safety: mechanical blocking/unblocking of the machine

Pneumatic circuit safety checks
BSU-003
................................................................................................................
BSU-004
......................................................................................................
Checking the door safeties in JOG mode
.................................................................................................
OPERATING PROCEDURE
BSU-006
.........................................................................................
BCU-001
..............................................................................................
BCU-002
..................................................................................................................
BCU-003
..................................................................................................................................
BCU-004
Turning on the main machine power circuit

Turning on the preform feeder
Turning on the machine utilities
................................................................................................................
Running the machine in "Automatic" mode
BCU-005
..............................................................................................
BCU-006
...........................................................................................
BCU-008
..................................................................................................................................
BCU-009
Turning off the utility supplies to the machine

Turning off the preform feeder
..................................................................................................................
Turning off the main machine circuit
BCU-010
.........................................................................................................
BCU-011
Isolating the machine
................................................................................................................................
BCU-012
Using the JOG system
..............................................................................................................................
BCU-013
Using manual rotation
...............................................................................................................................
BCU-014
Running the machine in "Manual" mode
...................................................................................................
BCU-015
Inspecting the preforms on delivery
..........................................................................................................
BCU-016
Clearing preforms from the feeder
............................................................................................................
Setting the pressure on the low pressure air system

Operating the feeder in Automatic mode
................................................................................
..................................................................................................
Resynchronizing after a torque limiter has tripped
BCU-017
BCU-018
BCU-019
...................................................................................
BCU-020
User management
....................................................................................................................................
BCU-021
Alarm configuration
...................................................................................................................................
Acknowledging "information" and "alert" alarms

User login / logout
BCU-023
.....................................................................................................................................
BCU-024
........................................................................................................................
Acknowledging "critical" alarms
................................................................................................................
Configuring access to application functions

Entering the date
BCU-022
.......................................................................................
Entering numerical values
..............................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................
Operating the preform feeder in manual mode

SIDEL
BSU-005
BCU
Turning on the power supplies to the machine
Turning off the PCC
BSU-002
...........................................................................
Checking the emergency stop buttons
Turning on the PCC
BSU-001
Vision system, access to the blower
BCU-025
BCU-026
BCU-027
BCU-028
.........................................................................................
BCU-034
.........................................................................................................
BCU-036
B - 1/2
SBO 20/24
PRODUCTION PROCESS PROCEDURE
Part B
BPU
Setting points "P0" and "P10"
...................................................................................................................
Setting the blowing pressure
.....................................................................................................................
Auto-adapting the speed of the preform feeder
........................................................................................
BPU-001
BPU-002
BPU-003
Output rate setpoint
..................................................................................................................................
BPU-004
Recipe management
.................................................................................................................................
BPU-005
....................................................................................................................................
BPU-006
...................................................................................................................................................
BPU-007
Solenoid valve test

Oven test
Preform feeder test
...................................................................................................................................
Setting the parameters of the process
......................................................................................................
Carrying out a trial on a new production process

Mechanical settings for the lamps
BPU-008
BPU-009
......................................................................................
BPU-010
.............................................................................................................
BPU-011
...............................................................................................................
BPU-012
Checking the preblow flow setting
............................................................................................................
BPU-013
Checking the feeder preform count
...........................................................................................................
BPU-014
Setting the preblowing pressure
Setting the parameters for the preform feeder cell-sensors

Searching for preform feeder start-up setpoints
BPU-015
BPU-017
..........................................................................................
BPU-027
SIDEL
Initializing the preform feeder production start
......................................................................
.......................................................................................
B - 2/2
Part B
SBO 20/24
User procedure
Safety procedure
TABLE OF CONTENTS
..................................................................................................................
............................................................................................

BSU-001
BSU-002
...........................................................................
BSU-003
................................................................................................................
BSU-004
......................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
BSU-006
SIDEL
BSU-005
B - 1/2
Part B
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
B - 2/2
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / Safety procedure
BSU-001
GENERAL INFORMATION
The holding brace (1) prevents the locking system from
dropping down from the up-position, which could result
in an operator losing his fingers.
1-006030-01-xx.svg
Never attempt any work on an open mold support unit

without first positioning the holding brace (1).
Working on hot molds :

The following procedure is carried out on cold molds. Some
procedures may, however, require an intervention on a hot
mold. In these cases always follow the following safety
instructions:
Wear protective clothing on the body, hands and face
during any work on the mold support unit.
Protective equipment must be in accordance with the
stipulated risks.
Hot metal, risk of burns.
There is a risk of splashing of fluids at high temperature
and pressure.
MACHINE STATUS
- cold molds.
Machine isolated except for:
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
- PCC switched on, see procedure "BCU-004,
- PCC application set to "Settings",
- low pressure air circuit open, see procedure "BCU-005.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
SIDEL
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- locking system holding brace (1).
1-008494-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part B
BSU-001
2/2
PROCEDURE
Opening the mold support unit
1- Open the safety doors at the relevant zone on the
machine.
2- Bring the mold support unit around to your working
position using the JOG, see procedure "BCU-013.
3- Place both hands below the nut (2) and move the locking
system upwards.
4- Manually, open the locking system fully.
2
Positioning the holding brace

5- Place the holding brace (1) on the right mold support unit
support block (3), facing the lock.
6- Turn the knob (4).
1-006680-01-xx.svg
The holding brace is now locked in position.
The mold support unit is now secured and there is no

risk of injury.
Removing the holding brace
7- Turn the knob (4).
The holding brace is now unlocked.
1-008495-01-xx.svg
8- Remove the locking system holding brace (1).

Closing the mold support unit
9- Place your hands on each of the support blocks (3 ; 5)
and close the mold support unit.
The mold support unit will lock automatically.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
10- Close the safety doors.
1-006683-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
The procedure is now complete.
Part B
1/2
BSU-002
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Blocking the manual rotation system prevents the
locking system from being opened manually by
pressing the button (1). Blocking the manual rotation
system ensures the safety of personnel when carrying
out maintenance as long as at least one machine door
is open.
For all major maintenance operations, use the locking
pin
to
prevent
machine
rotation,
see
procedure "BSU-003.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
The visual may be different depending on the machine

model ad configuration.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006908-05-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Inhibiting manual rotation
1- Press the (2) key.
The (A) window appears.
Manual rotation is now blocked.

machine.
Releasing manual rotation
The manual rotation system can be released if all of the

machine doors are closed.
SIDEL
1-010353-02-02.svg
SBO 20/24
Part B
BSU-002
2/2

BEFORE YOU FINISH
Manual rotation is no longer inhibited.
6- Close the window(s) and return to the "Welcome" family.
SIDEL
1-010348-02-02.svg
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BSU-003
GENERAL INFORMATION
The machine is blocked at the blow wheel, however
safety cannot be guaranteed if parts of the transmission
have been removed.
When the locking brace (1) is inserted into the blow
wheel drive ring (2):
- the blow wheel is mechanically locked in position
and manual rotation cannot be used,
- the presence of the locking brace (1) is detected by
the sensor "B12.6" which sends a signal to the PLC
preventing the machine from starting.
1-006030-65-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- 1 padlock.
PROCEDURE
Blocking
machine.
1
If necessary, use the manual rotation to position the

blow wheel drive ring (2), see procedure "BCU-014.
2- Fit the brace (1) on the drive ring (2).
3- Lock off the brace (1).
The machine can no longer rotate.
Unblocking
4- Release the brace (1).
5- Remove the brace (1).
The machine is now free to rotate.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-006095-03-xx.svg
6- Stow the brace (1) back in its housing .
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
BSU-003
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
BSU-004
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The aim of this procedure is to make sure that the
pressure in the air lines (except the low pressure and
the permanent pressure circuits) is released when a
door is opened or when an emergency stop button is
pressed while the machine is in production.
MACHINE STATUS
- machine energized, see procedure "BCU-001,
- PCC application set to "Settings".
1-006030-04-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
1- Test the blowing on the station located at the rear of the
blow wheel, see procedure "BPU-006.
machine.
High pressure air circuit
F Check the pressure before regulation at the gauge (1).

The pressure gauge (1) indicates the pressure in the local
supply.
F Control the pressure value after adjusting the pressure
gauges (2).
- The pressure gauges (2) indicate zero pressure?
The high pressure circuit is now secured.
Go to the next step.
- One of the pressure gauges (2) shows a pressure that
is not zero?
The high pressure circuit is not secured.
Contact SIDEL.
SIDEL
1-007859-02-xx.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
BSU-004
2/2
F Check the pressure at the gauge (3).

- the pressure gauge (3) indicates zero pressure?
The preblow circuit is now secured.
- The pressure gauge (3) indicates remaining
pressure?
The preblow circuit is not secured.
Contact SIDEL.
3
1-007331-02-xx.svg
Low pressure air circuit

The pressure gauge (4) indicates the pressure in the local
supply.
- the pressure gauge (5) indicates zero pressure?
The low pressure circuit is now secured.
- The pressure gauge (5) indicates remaining
pressure?
The low pressure circuit is not secured.
Contact SIDEL.
F Make sure that there are no current faults on the band
(A) at the PCC.
5
1-006273-06-xx.svg
If any of the pneumatic circuits are at abnormal

pressures contact SIDEL.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-006403-04-02.svg
SIDEL
Part B
1/2
BSU-005
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The emergency stop buttons stop the machine
immediately when pressed by the operator.
For more information on the locations of the emergency
stop buttons, please refer to chapter
"System
safety" chapter in the User manual.
MACHINE STATUS
- PCC
application
in
"Manual"
mode,
procedure "BCU-015.
see
1-006030-00-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Blowing machine emergency stop button inspection
1- Select the minimum output rate instruction, see
procedure "BPU-004.
The alarm will sound until the button (1) changes status.
3- Release the button (1).
SIDEL
The brake opens and the machine begins to turn.

4- Press one of the emergency stop buttons .
The machine stops immediately.
An siren sounds and an alarm light appears.
A critical message appears at the PCC.
5- Release the emergency stop button .
6- Acknowledge the fault, see procedure "BCU-026.
7- Repeat steps 2 to 6 until you have checked all of the
emergency stop buttons.
- If any of the emergency stops do not work, contact
SIDEL.
Inspecting the emergency stop buttons on the preform
distributor
The "Feeder" family appears.
1-006704-11-xx.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
The numerical keypad appears.

10- Enter the minimum setpoint value.
12- Enter the minimum setpoint value.
The preform distributor starts.
14- Press one of the emergency stop buttons .
The machine stops immediately.
An alarm message appears at the PCC.
15- Release the emergency stop button .
16- Acknowledge the fault, see procedure "BCU-026.
17- Repeat steps 13 to 16 until you have checked all of the
emergency stop buttons.
- If any of the emergency stops do not work, contact
SIDEL.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
BSU-005
4
2/2
1-008464-04-02.svg
18- Make sure that all of the emergency stops are unlocked.
19- Enter
the
production
output
rate,
see
procedure "BPU-004.
SIDEL
Part B
1/2
BSU-006
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
In JOG mode, the acknowledgement of a fault due to a
door opening will clear when the door is closed.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
PROCEDURE
1- Connect the JOG (1) to one of the zones "Z1" to "Z7", see
procedure "BCU-013.
2- Open a machine door not corresponding to that zone.
3- Press button (1).
4-
56789-
The machine should not start.

Press the (2) key.
The alarm message window (A) appears.
Make sure that the alarm message (A) corresponds to the
number of the door opened.
Close the door.
The message is cleared from the window (A).
Repeat steps 2 to 6 to check all of the doors.
Press the (3) key.
The window (A) disappears from the screen.
Connect the JOG (1) to another zone.
1-006265-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
1-006268-02-xx.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
10- Repeat steps 2 to 7, to check all of the zones from "Z1"

to "Z7".
BSU-006
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

11- Stop JOG mode, see procedure "BCU-013.
1-010353-29-02.svg
SIDEL
1-010017-05-02.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
User procedure
Operating procedure
TABLE OF CONTENTS
.........................................................................................
BCU-001
..............................................................................................
BCU-002
..................................................................................................................
BCU-003
..................................................................................................................................
BCU-004

Turning on the PCC
................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................
BCU-006
...........................................................................................
BCU-008

Turning off the PCC
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................

BCU-005
BCU-009
BCU-010
.........................................................................................................
BCU-011
................................................................................................................................
BCU-012
..............................................................................................................................
BCU-013
...............................................................................................................................
BCU-014
...................................................................................................
BCU-015
..........................................................................................................
BCU-016
............................................................................................................
BCU-017

................................................................................
BCU-018
..................................................................................................
BCU-019
...................................................................................
BCU-020
User management
....................................................................................................................................
BCU-021
Alarm configuration
...................................................................................................................................

User login / logout
BCU-023
.....................................................................................................................................
BCU-024
........................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................

Entering the date
BCU-022
.......................................................................................
BCU-025
BCU-026
..............................................................................................
BCU-027
......................................................................................................................................
BCU-028
.........................................................................................
BCU-034
.........................................................................................................
BCU-036
SIDEL
B - 1/2
Part B
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
B - 2/2
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / Operating procedure
BCU-001
GENERAL INFORMATION
Make sure that no work is in progress on any of the
utility systems before turning on the power, air and
water supplies.
Access to electrical areas is restricted to qualified and
authorized personnel only.
1-006030-13-xx.svg
Circuit breaker
Q1A
Up-circuit transformer 230 V and cabinet cooling

protection
Q1B
Protection for the on-board component
Q1C
24 Vcc 40 A supply protection
Q1D
Q1E
24 Vcc poles protection
Q1F
24 V input/ouput protection
Q1G
230 V transformer up-circuit protection
Q1H
230 V transformer down-circuit protection
Q1AD
24 V connection protection
Q109A
Lighting protection
Q13AA
Cabinet cooling system protection
PROCEDURE

2- Turn on the air and water supplies, see
procedure "BCU-005.
3- Open the doors to the main electrical cabinet .
4- Open the circuit breakers (1) on the primary circuit.
5- Close circuit breaker "Q1A" (2).
The primary electrical circuit is now live.

6- Close the circuit breakers (1) on the primary circuit.
The plc, the UPS and the cabinet cooling system are now
under power.
7- Set the power module (4) standby switch (3) to position
"I".
SIDEL
When a battery is flat, the red lamp "BAF" (5) on the

corresponding power module will light up, indicating a
battery fault. If any one of the batteries is faulty,
SIDEL recommends that you replace all of the
batteries, see procedure "BDE-001.
1-008533-02-xx.svg
1-008521-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part B
BCU-001
2/2
8- Set the main switch (6) to "RUN".

9- Turn
on
the
main
machine
circuit,
see
procedure "BCU-002.
10- Turn on the PCC, see procedure "BCU-004.
11- Turn on the preform feeder, see procedure "BCU-003.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
F Check that the pneumatic circuits are secured, see

procedure "BSU-004.
1-008633-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
1-007067-02-xx.svg
Part B
1/2
BCU-002
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Certain parts of the machine, such as the plc, the UPS
and the cabinet cooling system, are not powered by the
main machine circuit but by the primary electrical
circuit, see procedure "BCU-001.
1-006030-13-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
2- Close the door to the electrical cabinet.
3- Close the main section switch "Q1" (1) on the control
panel.
1
5
The power-on light (2) comes on.

4- Release the emergency stop button (3).
5- Turn the key on the general switch (4) to "I".
6- Press the start button (5).
The button (5) lights up.
The machine and the preform feeder are now under
power.
2
3
SIDEL
1-006263-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BCU-002
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
BCU-003
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Make sure that no work is in progress on any of the
utility systems before turning on the power, air and
water supplies.
Power is supplied to the preform feeder through the
peripheral equipment circuit breaker "Q47A" located in
the main electrical cabinet . When the main machine
circuit is turned on at the main circuit breaker "Q1"
power is also supplied to the preform feeder, see
procedure "BCU-002.
1-006030-125-xx.svg
If "Q1"
(main electrical cabinet) is closed and
"Q1KA"(4) is open, the terminal "X1" and the orange
wiring in the preform distributer cabinets is live.
This procedure applies during maintenance after a

manual shut off of the unscramler rollers and the
elevator
column/hopper
assembly,
see
procedure "BCU-010.
PROCEDURE
1-008520-03-xx.svg

The hopper is equipped with a type (A) or type (B)
electrical cabinet, depending on the machine model.
2- Close the doors to the electrical cabinet (3) for the hopper
*2.
The "Q1XA" circuit breaker (1) in the hopper electrical

cainet (3) is powered from the "Q1KA" circuit breaker
(4) in the unscrambler roller assembly electrical cabinet
(6).
3- Position the "Q1XA" circuit breaker (1) in the hopper
electrical cabinet (3) to position "I".
SIDEL
1-008518-04-xx.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
4- Close the doors to the unscrambler roller assembly

electrical cabinet (6).
5- Position the "Q1KA" circuit breaker (4) in the unscrambler
roller electrical cabinet (6) to position "I".
BCU-003
3
2/2
The power-on lamps (2 ; 5) light up.

The remote modules in the plc and the cooling system for
the cabinets are under power.
6- For a type (B) electrical cabinet, press the hopper start
button (7).
The button (7) lights up.
The hopper and elevator column assembly is ready for
operation.
If there is an intermediate conveyor (optional), it is
started by pressing the button (7).
1-008516-03-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

7- Acknowledge the faults at the PCC.
SIDEL
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-004
Turning on the PCC
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
procedure "BCU-001 .
- main
electrical
circuit
procedure "BCU-002.
under
under
power,
see
power,
see
PROCEDURE
1- Open the door (1) on the control station.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
2- Turn the switch (2) on the PCC to "ON".

3- Close the door (1) on the control station.
2
1-006476-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
1-006278-05-xx.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
Turning on the PCC
BCU-004
2/2
The UPS (4) is now under power.

The PCC and "WINDOWS" start up.
The PCC application starts.
1-006333-01-xx.svg
F Wait a few seconds.

The "Welcome" family page appears.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

1-006403-11-02.svg
SIDEL
1-010388-01-02.svg
Part B
1/4
BCU-005
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
For further information on the fluid circuits and their
corresponding valves, see the User Manual.
Depending on the machine configuration, the external
hydraulic module can be integrated in the
thermoregulator or independent. For more information
on how the thermoregulator works, consult the
technical
documentation
delivered
with
this
equipment..
The number of external hydraulc modules varies
according to the production set-up.
1-006030-118-xx.svg
Thermoregulators installed upstream from the machine

provide thermal conditioning of the fluids that circulate
in the blow wheel..
For more information on how the thermoregulator
works, consult the technical documentation delivered
with this equipment..
Never attempt to operate the machine without water in
the hydraulic circuits.
PROCEDURE
External hydraulic module
1- Open the doors of the external hydraulic module..
During production, only one valve (1) must be open.
2- Open the valves (1 ; 2).
3- Start the related thermoregulator(s)..
Hydraulic interface panel
machine.
SIDEL
1-007969-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
F Make sure that the valves (3 ; 4) are closed.

- If the drain valves (3) are open.
Fill the hydraulic lines, see procedure "BDM-043.
- If the drain valves (4) are open.
Fill the hydraulic lines, see procedure "BDM-075.
5- Open the valves (5).
Part B
BCU-005
2/4
4
3
1-007351-10-xx.svg
Open the valves (6).

Start the related thermoregulator(s)..
Open the valve (7).
8
1-007485-04-xx.svg
SIDEL
6789-
Part B
3/4
SBO 20/24
BCU-005

machine.
11- Unpadlock the valve (9).
12- Gently open the valve (9).
The pressure in the circuit rises and then stabilizes.

F Check the pressure after regulation at the gauge (11).
- If the pressure is not correct.
Set the blowing pressure to
, see
procedure "BPU-002.
Any intervention on the high pressure circuit is no longer
secured.
11
9
10
1-007859-09-xx.svg

machine.
14
Open the high pressure air supply.

The pressure in the circuit rises and then stabilizes.

F Check the pressure after regulation at the gauge (16).
- If the pressure is not correct.
Adjust
the
service
pressure,
see
procedure "BCU-018.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
16- Close the external hydraulic module doors.
SIDEL
15
16
1-006273-09-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BCU-005
4/4
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
BCU-006
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
During a production cycle, do not press the key (3)
(except in emergencies). In this case, the machine will
stop automatically with the preforms still in the oven and
articles being blown. Clearing these items will be
difficult and will complicate the restart of production.
MACHINE STATUS
- the appropriate production recipe has been loaded into the
machine, see procedure "BPU-005.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
F Check that all of the options physically present on the

machine have been activated in the PCC application as
per your machine configuration.
For further information, please refer to chapter "Option

selection", in the User manual.
F Check that there are no faults.

F Check
the
output
rate
value
(1),
see
procedure "BPU-004.
2- Select "Automatic" mode for the blowing machine, using
the key (2).
"Automatic" mode is reserved for starting machine
production.
For further information, please refer to chapter
""Automatic" mode", in the User manual.
3- Select "Automatic" mode for the preform feeder, see
procedure "BCU-019.
Manual and Automatic modes for the feeder are

independent from the Manual and Automatic modes on
the blowing machine.
1-006403-01-02.svg
If there is a fault on the count sensor "D5", the preform

feeder can be operated in Manual mode, see
procedure "BCU-034.
4- Press key (3) for 2 seconds.
When the temperature limit has been reached, preforms
will begin to feed into the machine.
Bottle production begins.
SIDEL
During production, the (4) key allows preform feeding

to be suspended without stopping the machine.
4
1-006706-03-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part B
BCU-006
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

The machine is in production cycle.
7- Press the key (5) to stop production.
SIDEL
The machine will clear all preforms and bottles.

The machine stops but the oven ventilation system will
continue for another 2 minutes.
Part B
1/4
SBO 20/24
BCU-008
GENERAL INFORMATION
For further information on the fluid circuits and their
corresponding valves, see the User Manual.
technical
documentation
delivered
with
this
equipment..
1-006030-118-xx.svg
Thermoregulators installed upstream from the machine

provide thermal conditioning of the fluids that circulate
in the blow wheel..
Intervention on hot hydraulic circuits :

Please read carefully all the safety instructions before
carrying out any works on the hot hydraulic systems.
Wear safety equipment for body, hands and face.
MACHINE STATUS
- the machine is stopped, see procedure "BCU-006.
PROCEDURE
SIDEL
External hydraulic module

1- Stop the thermoregulator(s).
3- Close the inlet valves (1).
4- Close the return valve (2).
Hydraulic interface panel
machine.
1-007969-01-xx.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24

machine.
8- Close the inlet valves (3).
9- Close the outlet valves (4).
10- Close the inlet valve (5).
11- Close the return valve (6).
BCU-008
1-007351-11-xx.svg

machine.
13- Close the valve (7).
The high pressure air system is now isolated.

The high pressure air system has now been purged.
F Control the absence of pressure on the pressure gauges
(8).
(9).
14- Lock out the valve (7).
2/4
7
8
1-007859-10-xx.svg

machine.
11
12
1-006273-10-xx.svg
SIDEL
The low pressure air system is now isolated.

The low pressure air system has now been purged.
(11).
(12).
10
Part B
3/4
SBO 20/24
BCU-008
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
SBO 20/24
BCU-008
4/4
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/4
SBO 20/24
BCU-009
Turning off the PCC
GENERAL INFORMATION
Exit the PCC application before turning off the PCC in
order to avoid any malfunctions on the PCC
application.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
procedure "BCU-001.
- main
electrical
circuit
procedure "BCU-002.
under
under
power,
see
power,
see
1-006030-14-xx.svg
PROCEDURE

The PCC application shuts down.
1-006403-09-02.svg
3- Shut down the PCC from the "Windows" start menu.
F Wait for the PCC to shut down.
SIDEL
1-006102-01-02.svg
SBO 20/24
Turning off the PCC
Part B
BCU-009
2/4

5- Turn off the UPS (4) by pressing the button (5).
To reach the switch (6) for the PCC open the door (7)
to the control panel.
6- If required turn the PCC switch (6) to "OFF".
1-006278-03-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006333-01-xx.svg
Part B
3/4
BCU-009
SBO 20/24
Turning off the PCC
SIDEL
1-006476-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Turning off the PCC
BCU-009
4/4
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
BCU-010
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Power is supplied to the preform feeder through the

peripheral equipment circuit breaker "Q47A" located in
the main electrical cabinet . Isolating the main machine
power circuit at the main "Q1" circuit breaker cuts the
power supply to the prefrom feeder, see
procedure "BCU-011.
10
If "Q1KA" (4) is open and "Q1" (main electrical cabinet)

is closed, the "X1" terminal *6 and the orange wiring in
the preform distributer electrical cabinets are still live.
1-006030-124-xx.svg
The aspiration system electrical cabinet (10) is present

depending on the model and the machine configuration
PROCEDURE
1- Set the "Q69LD" circuit breaker (9) in the aspiration
system cabinet (10) to position "0".
11
10
The lamp (11) goes out.

The aspirators stop.
The hopper is equipped with a type (A) or type (B)

electrical cabinet, depending on the machine model.
1-008830-06-xx.svg
The "Q1KA" circuit breaker (4) in the unscrambler roller

electrical cabinet (5) also isolates the hopper electrical
cabinet (2).
2- For a type (B) electrical cabinet, press the hopper stop

button (7).
The light on the hopper start button (8) goes out.
SIDEL
1-008518-05-xx.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
3- Position the "Q1XA" circuit breaker (1) in the hopper

electrical cabinet (2) to position "0".
BCU-010
2
2/2

The plc and the cabinet cooling remote modules (2) are
switched off.
1-008516-04-xx.svg
4- Position the "Q1KA" circuit breaker (4) in the unscrambler

roller electrical cabinet (5) to position "0".

The plc and the cabinet cooling remote modules (5) are
switched off.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

5- Acknowledge the faults at the PCC.
SIDEL
1-008520-02-xx.svg
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-011
GENERAL INFORMATION
When the main circuit breaker (4) is open, the primary
electrical circuit is still live. see procedure "BCU-012.
1-006030-13-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- PCC switched off, see procedure "BCU-009.
PROCEDURE
The lamp in the button (2) goes out.

2- Turn the key on the general switch (3) to "0".
3- Open the main circuit breaker Q1 (4).
The power lamp (5) goes out.
The machine and preform feeder primary circuit is now
isolated.
5
1
BEFORE YOU FINISH

4- Lock out the main switch (4).
SIDEL
1-006263-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BCU-011
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-012
GENERAL INFORMATION
The PLC is designed to cope with power failures,
however SIDEL recommends that you follow the
procedure below.
1-006030-13-xx.svg
Circuit breaker
Q1A
Up-circuit transformer 230 V and cabinet cooling

protection
Q1B
Protection for the on-board component
Q1C
Q1D
Q1E
24 Vcc poles protection
Q1F
24 V input/ouput protection
Q1G
230 V transformer up-circuit protection
Q1H
230 V transformer down-circuit protection
Q1AD
24 V connection protection
Q109A
Lighting protection
Q13AA
Cabinet cooling system protection
MACHINE STATUS
1-007067-04-xx.svg
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
SBO 20/24
Part B
BCU-012
2/2
1- Turn off the utility supplies to the machine, see

procedure "BCU-008.
2- Turn off the preform feeder, see procedure "BCU-010.
3- Turn off the PCC, see procedure "BCU-009.
4- Isolate the main machine power circuit, see
procedure "BCU-011.
5- Open the doors to the main electrical cabinet .
When a battery is flat, the red lamp "BAF" (3) on the
corresponding power module will light up, indicating a
battery fault. If any one of the batteries is faulty,
SIDEL recommends that you replace all of the
batteries, see procedure "BDE-001.
6- Set the main switch (4) to "STOP".
"OFF".
8- Open the circuit breakers (1) on the primary circuit.
1-008633-01-xx.svg
9- Open the isolating switch "Q1A" (2).
The primary electrical circuit is now isolated.

The plc, the UPS and the cabinet cooling system are now
switched off.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

1-008533-02-xx.svg
1-008521-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part B
1/4
BCU-013
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never rotate the blow wheel by pushing or pulling it.
To activate the JOG mode, the JOG unit (1) must be
connected to the stowage zone "Z0" at the control station
(2).
Activating the JOG mode will automatically block use of the
manual rotation system, see procedure "BCU-014.
A thermal safety device prevents misuse of the JOG.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
MAchine production cannot be restarted until the JOG

mode has been disactivated.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1
2
PROCEDURE
1-006266-01-xx.svg
F Make sure that there are no current faults on the band

(A) at the PCC.
If necessary, reset fault on the PCC. see
procedure "BCU-026,
2- Connect the JOG unit (1) to the stowage zone "Z0" at the
control station (2).
The "Settings" family appears.
The (B) window appears.
SIDEL
1-006265-01-xx.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
BCU-013
The secure low pressure air system of the machine is

supplied.
The nozzle and stretch cylinders are in raised position
and do not inhibit the rotation of the machine..
F Check whether the operation requires the activation of the
low pressure air system.
- If yes.
- If not.
Press the (5) key.
The secure low pressure air system of the
machine is no longer supplied.
6- Disconnect the JOG.
machine.
Only the doors in the relevant zone may be opened
without causing the machine to stop.
8- Connct the JOG unit (1) to the socket corresponding to
the work zone on the machine.
9- Depress the button (6) (and keep it pressed in).
2/4
3
1-006403-10-02.svg
The button (7) is a secure stop button, it functions in the

same way as the door open safety features. The button
(7) can be held in stop position.
The machine stops and the brake engages.

The machine is in the desired position.
4
1-010353-03-02.svg
11- Repeat steps 9 to 10 . to set the machine to the required

positions.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

12- Disconnect the JOG.
SIDEL
1-010349-02-02.svg
Part B
3/4
BCU-013
SBO 20/24
14- Connect the JOG unit (1) to the stowage zone "Z0" at the
control station (2).
2
6
F If necessary, press button (5) to deactivate the supply of

the secure low pressure air system.
The window (B) disappears from the screen.
SIDEL
1-006268-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BCU-013
4/4
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-014
GENERAL INFORMATION
Before rotating the machine, always make sure that
there are no personnel located at positions not visible
from the cranking point.
For interventions involving 2 technicians and using the
manual rotation system, the 2 technicians must
communicate clearly with each other to coordinate their
actions during any procedures.
1-006030-17-xx.svg
When rotating manually, always turn the machine in the

normal direction of production (except when following
specific SIDEL instructions).
Never rotate the machine by more than half a complete

revolution in the opposite direction to normal
production.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
- JOG not in service, see procedure "BCU-013,
- manual rotation unrestricted. see procedure "BSU-002,
1-010353-04-02.svg
PROCEDURE
Raising the nozzle and stretching cylinders

supplied.
The nozzle and stretch cylinders stop in raised position.
The secure low pressure air system of the machine is no
longer supplied.
Never use a crank other than the one fitted on the

machine safety system.
SIDEL
1-010342-02-02.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
BCU-014
2/2
Comply with the procedure that requires manual

rotation to select the electric circuits that must be
shutdown.
5- If need be, shutdown: the PCC, the main electric circuit
and
the
upstream
electric
circuit,
see
procedure "BCU-004, see procedure "BCU-002, see
procedure "BCU-001.
machine.
F Make sure that the stretching and nozzle cylinders are in

the raised position.
7- Remove the crank (4) from the safety system (5).
Removing the crank (4) from the safety system (5) will
be detected by the sensor "B12.5" which will prevent
the machine from operating automatically.
Depending on the model, the machine is equipped with
either a type "A" or type "B" crank.
8- Engage the hand crank (4) on the motor shaft .
9- Depress the button (3) (and keep it pressed in).
The blow wheel brake is open.
10- Turn the hand crank (4) until you reach the required
position.
Steps 9 and 10 are carried out simultaneously by the
same technician.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-006603-08-xx.svg
The blow wheel brake is closed.
12- Remove the hand crank (4).

13- Stow the crank (4) back on its safety system (5).
If the crank (4) is not correctly positioned on the safety

system (5) the machine will not operate automatically.
SIDEL
1-006908-09-xx.svg
Part B
1/2
BCU-015
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
"Manual" mode is reserved for production trials and
when setting up the machine.
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE
1-006030-14-xx.svg

For further information, please refer to chapter "Option

selection", in the User manual.
F Check that the setpoint values (A) are coherent.

If the values do not correspond to those in the
production set-up, modify them.
2- Select Manual mode on the blowing machine using the
key (2).
3- Select "Automatic" mode for the preform feeder, see
procedure "BCU-019.
2
If there is a fault on the count sensor "D5", the preform

feeder can be operated in Manual mode, see
procedure "BCU-034.
1-006403-12-02.svg

567-
8-
SIDEL
9-
Release the button (3).
Press the (4) key.
Oven heating and cooling start.
Press the (5) key.
The stretching/preblowing/blowing operations are ready
for operation.
Press the (6) key.
The preform feeder is operating.
Press the (7) key.
The key (7) will flash until the oven has reached the
required temperature for preform feeding to begin.
When the temperature limit has been reached, preforms
will begin to feed into the machine.
Bottle production trials begin.
7
1-006707-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part B
BCU-015
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

During a production cycle, do not press the key (3)
(except in emergencies). In this case, the machine will
stop automatically with the preforms still in the oven and
articles being blown. Clearing these items will be
difficult and will complicate the restart of production.
Preform feeding stops.
The preform feeder stops.

Wait for the last bottle to exit the machine.
SIDEL
The machine stops but the oven ventilation system will

continue for another 2 minutes.
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-016
GENERAL INFORMATION
The testing procedure will be carried out by the quality control
laboratory according to the regulations in place in the
production facility.
Chemical tests must be carried out on each batch of preforms
delivered.
When handling preforms, hands must be washed and
disinfected and gloves worn.
The sample preforms
testing.
must be disposed of after

1-006757-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- Clean, dry cloths,
- latex gloves.
Specific tools
- box cutter, (solid non-slap blade).
PROCEDURE
Inspecting the storage area
F Inspect the cleanness of the storage area.

F Make sure that the storage area is well ventilated and that
the temperature and the hygrometry are monitored (only
small variations).
F Make sure that the storage area is sealed against the
entry of moisture, insects and other nuisances.
Inspecting the packaging
Only open boxes near the preform hopper.
Always wear latex gloves when handling the packaging
or its contents.
SIDEL
F Make sure that the description on the label corresponds

to the references on the purchase order.
F Check the general appearance of the box, looking
especially for damage, tears or traces of external
moisture.
F Check that the plastic bag containing the preforms is
inside a clean, sealed cardboard box and does not show
any signs of moisture or mould.
F Check that the preforms have been supplied in a
complete, clean, dry, airtight plastic bag.
F Make sure that the plastic bag does not contain any
foreign objects such as insects, preform debris or other
items.
Visual inspection of the preforms
Wear latex gloves.
SBO 20/24
Part B
BCU-016
2/2
1- Take out 10 preforms.
F Check that the preforms correspond to the contractual

drawings and dimensions.
F Make sure that the preforms do not have any kind of
deformity (curved, oval, stuck together etc.).
F Make sure there are no scratches, grooves, traces of
impact or sticking.
F Check the appearance of the seal plane (thickness, no
displacement).
F Check that the injection points are small, salient and free
from burring.
F Make sure that the thread on the neck has been correctly
injected and is fully formed.
F Make sure that the rim is perfectly smooth and flat.
Checking for preform contamination
Wear latex gloves.
2- Take out 10 preforms.
F Check the microbe load in the preforms.

F Make sure that there are no traces of chemical products.
Inspections during loading
F When loading preforms, make sure that the packaging
has been opened cleanly (using a box cutter will prevent
the creation of packaging particles).
F Make sure that there are no foreign objects in the
packaging.
3- Discard any preforms that fall from the production line or
that have been handled.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
Corrective measures
SIDEL
F Check the other boxes in the batch.

4- Remove any container which does not pass the
inspection procedures indicated above.
5- Contact the supplier following the contractual quality
control procedure.
Part B
1/4
SBO 20/24
BCU-017
GENERAL INFORMATION
Always empty the hopper before clearing the
unscrambler rollers.
The buttons (17 ; 18) located on the unscrambler roller
unit frame have the same function ast the "Preform
elevator start/stop" key (16) on the lower display bar of
the PCC.
1-006030-59-xx.svg
The PCC screen display(s) may differ depending on the

model and the configuration of the machine.
MACHINE STATUS
18
17

- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006375-08-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- mobile external conveyor (option),
- drain pan.
PROCEDURE
1- Position the external mobile conveyor (1) (option) or the
recycle bin under the clearance gate (2) of the hopper
(3).
1
SIDEL
1-006636-00-xx.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
2- Pull the handle (4) to unlock the clearance gate (2) on the
hopper (3).
3- Raise the clearance gate (2) of the hopper (3).
4- Pull back the holding pin (19) and position the hole on the
locking rod (20) in line with the axis of the pin (19).
5- Release the pin (19).
The clearance gate (2) is blocked in the raised position.

6- If an external mobile conveyor is positioned under the
hopper clearance chute.
Position the bin under the external mobile conveyor
(1) (option).
Start the external mobile conveyor (1) (option), refer
to the technical documentation supplied with the
conveyor.
Empty the hopper
Clearance by the hopper is confirmed.
10- Enter a setpoint value of 30 % using the key (8).
12- If the application PCC is in "Automatic" mode, press key
(15).
The application PCC is now in "Manual" mode.
BCU-017
19
2/4
20
3
2
1-010331-01-xx.svg
15
1-008464-05-02.svg
13- Press the key (16).
16
The hopper begins its emptying cycle.

F Wait until the hopper is empty.
SIDEL
1-006704-05-xx.svg
Part B
3/4
BCU-017
SBO 20/24
Emptying the unscrambler rollers

2
7
Clearance by the unscrambler rollers is confirmed.

15- Enter a setpoint value of 30 % using the key (10).
The elevator column and the unscrambler rollers begin
their clearance cycles.
F Wait until the elevator column and the rollers are clear of
preforms.
17- Press keys (11 ; 12).
The conveyor belts on the preforms feeder stop.
18- If an external mobile conveyor is positioned under the
hopper clearance chute.
Stop the external mobile conveyor (1) (option).
Clearing the infeed rail
19- Position the collecting bin under the infeed rail.
20- Slightly loosen the grip-nut (13).
21- Slide the guide rail (14).
22- Remove the preforms from the infeed rail and from below
the infeed rail.
23- Position the guide rail (14).
24- Tighten the grip-nut (13).
11
BEFORE YOU FINISH
12
10
1-007478-05-02.svg
13
14
SIDEL
The preform feeder stops.

26- Press keys (7 ; 9).
27- Remove any preforms which have remained in the
system (chutes, hopper, conveyor belts etc.).
29- Remove the external mobile conveyor (1) (option).
30- Pull back the pin (19) and hold the clearance gate (2) of
the hopper (3).
31- Release the pin (19).
32- Lower the clearance gate (2) until the locking handle
engages (4).
33- Remove the collecting bin from beneath the infeed rail.
1-006271-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BCU-017
4/4
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
BCU-018
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Normal operation of the stationary part of the machine
requires a pressure of 7 bar. The braking system is
designed to operate at 7 bar. Below this level it will not
function in the same way.
The pressure value for the low pressure circuit (A) is
indicated in the "Wheel" family.
MACHINE STATUS
- machine energized, see procedure "BCU-001.
1-006030-04-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
machine.

2- Lift the button (2).
The button (2) is released.
3- Turn the button (2) until you reach the required pressure.
The pressure gauge (3) indicates the pressure in the
circuit.
4- Lower the button (2).
The button (2) is locked.
SIDEL
1-010358-02-02.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
BEFORE YOU FINISH
BCU-018
2/2
F Check the operating pressure.

Reset the operating pressure level if required.
SIDEL
1-006273-01-xx.svg
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-019
GENERAL INFORMATION
Automatic mode on the preform feeder is the normal
operating mode. Automatic mode on the feeder allows
the speed on the elevator column to auto-adapt.
For more information on the preform feeder auto-adapt
function, see procedure "BPU-003.
MACHINE STATUS
1-006030-14-xx.svg

PROCEDURE

""Options" family" chapter in the User manual.
2- Select Automatic mode on the preform feeder, using the

key (2).
F Check the start setpoint values produced by the

production recipe loaded.
3- If necessary, search for the preform feeder start
instructions
in
Auutomatic
mode,
see
procedure "BPU-017.
4- Start the machine cycle, see procedure "BCU-006 or see
procedure "BCU-015.
The plc pilots the preform feeder with the start instruction
setpoint for the elevator column, which results from the
auto-adapt calculation.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
5- Stop the machine, see procedure "BCU-006 or see
procedure "BCU-015.
SIDEL
1-008464-13-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BCU-019
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/4
BCU-020
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Apply the procedure relevant to the tripped torque

limiter.
If there is a preform decontamination module (option
according to the model), the torque limiter (6) is fitted
on the machine.
1-007205-07-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
- low pressure air circuit open, see procedure "BCU-005,
- JOG not in service, see procedure "BCU-013.
PROCEDURE
1-006344-01-xx.svg
Drive system (1) torque limiter

machine.
2- Reset the the torque limiter (1) using the manual rotation
system, see procedure "BCU-014.
The alarm message corresponding to the fault disappears

from the message band (A) on the PCC.
Infeed wheel torque limiter (2)
SIDEL
1-006403-13-02.svg
SBO 20/24

machine.
5- Remove any preforms or bottles which may be
obstructing the rotation of the machine.
6- Reset the torque limiter (2) by manually turning the infeed
wheel in the normal direction of operation.
Part B
BCU-020
2/4

40 mm-pitch oven wheel drive shaft torque limiter (3)
machine.
1-006345-01-xx.svg
Never turn the blow wheel backwards by more than half

a complete revolution (risk of mechanical damage).
For the 40 mm pitch oven, restarting in the normal
direction will not re-synchronize. The non-synchronized
message displays at the PCC. The machine cannot
restart.
"Transmission" chapter in the User manual.
10- Reset the torque limiter (3) by turning the blow wheel
backwards using the manual rotation system, see
procedure "BCU-014.

50 mm-pitch oven wheel drive shaft torque limiter (3)
machine.
14- Reset the the torque limiter (3) using the manual rotation
Bottle outfeed wheel torque limiter (5)
machine.
18- Reset the torque limiter (5) by manually turning the blow
wheel in the normal direction of production.
1-006346-01-xx.svg
1-006583-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part B
3/4
BCU-020
SBO 20/24
BEFORE YOU FINISH

20- Check the synchronization of the machine before starting
production, see procedure "BNM-012.
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
BCU-020
4/4
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-021
User management
GENERAL INFORMATION
Each user level must include at least 1 user.
The "User management" window allows the
administrator to:
- display user accounts, their levels and their
passwords,
- modify user levels and their passwords,
- create and delete user accounts.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- PCC application connected in the name
administrator, see procedure "BCU-024.
of
an
PROCEDURE
The "Options" family appears.

Creating a new user account
The (C) window appears.
2
1-007626-02-02.svg
5- press on the window (5).

6789-
The keyboard appears.

Key in the name of the user using the keyboard, then
confirm.
press on the window (6).
Key in the password using the keyboard, then confirm.
A
3
SIDEL
If the entries into the password fields (6 ; 7) are not the

same the password will not be accepted.
1-010389-02-02.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
User management
10- Key in again the password using the keyboard, then

confirm.
11- Authorize or not a user to modify their password using the
key (8).
12- Authorize or not the automatic delogin of a user account
using the key (9).
13- Define the level of a user using the keys (10).
The new account has now been created.

The window (C) disappears from the screen.
Modify an existing user account
15- Press on the user name.
The (D) window appears.
Modify the password and the automatic delogin
17- Key in the new password using the ketyboard, then
confirm.
BCU-021
2/2
1-010385-02-02.svg
If the entries into the password fields (12 ; 13) are not
the same the password will not be accepted.
19- Key in again the password using the keyboard, then
confirm.
20- Authorize or not a user to modify their password using the
key (14).
21- Authorize or not the automatic delogin of a user account
using the key (15).
Modify the level of a user
22- Define the level of a user using the keys (16).
The modifcations have now been saved.

The window (D) disappears from the screen.
Delete a user account
24- Press on the user name.
The user account has been deleted.
10
11
1-006561-01-02.svg
12
18
BEFORE YOU FINISH

26- If necessary, close the session to prohibit access to nonadministrator users.
13
14
15
16
17
SIDEL
1-006562-01-02.svg
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-022
Alarm configuration
GENERAL INFORMATION
Pressing the key (1) will increment the corresponding
alarm level.
The keys (2 ; 3 ; 4) select the alarm tone associated with
the corresponding "Information" alarm:
- (2) no alarm tone.
- (3) alarm tone for 8 s.
- (4) continuous alarm tone.
1-006030-14-xx.svg

""Alarms" family" chapter in the User manual.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-002,
- PCC switched on, see procedure "BCU-004.
see
see
PROCEDURE
1
1-008989-02-02.svg

23-
F
45-
The "Alarms" family appears.

Press the (6) key.
Press the (7) key.
The (A) window displays the top of the alarm list.
Check the alarm configuration.
If necessary, change the configuration of the alarms using
the keys (1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4).
Scroll down the list using the key (8).
BEFORE YOU FINISH

6- Repeat as above from stage 4 until you have completed
the settings for all of the alarms.
SIDEL
1-006948-02-02.svg
SBO 20/24
Alarm configuration
BCU-022
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-023
GENERAL INFORMATION
For more details on the definitions for the "Critical" and
"Alert" alarms and critical and progessive shutdowns
which result from them, please refer to chapter
""Alarms" family", in the User manual.
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE
1-006030-14-xx.svg
1- If the application PCC is not at the "Welcome" family,

press key (2) to identify the cause of the alarm.
"Information" alarms
F Acknowledge the fault.

2- Press the acknowledge key (1).
The messages on the scrolling band (3) in the window
(A) disappear.
"Alert" alarms
F Acknowledge the fault.
The alarm siren and lamps will stop.
The alarm remains on the display.
F Correct the fault.
The key (2) returns to its original state.
(A) disappear.
The machine starts.
1
1-006403-02-02.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

6- Close the window (A).

A
SIDEL
1-010017-03-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BCU-023
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-024
User login / logout
GENERAL INFORMATION
Only authorized personnel are permitted to operate the
machine.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE

34567-
The keyboard (B) appears.

Enter the user name using the keyboard (B).
Press the (3) key.
The keyboard (B) appears.
Enter the password using the keyboard (B).
Press the (3) key.
1-006077-10-02.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH
The start of the user shift has been confirmed.

At the end of the shift press the key (6) to close the user
session.
1-006563-01-02.svg
SIDEL
1-006564-01-02.svg
SBO 20/24
User login / logout
BCU-024
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-025
GENERAL INFORMATION
Values can be modifed using the numerical keypad.
For
entering
or
procedure "BCU-028.
modifying
date,
see
PROCEDURE
1
Minimum value selection key
Maximum value selection key
Key to delete value shown one figure at a time
Key to delete entire value shown
Key to display the last confirmed value
Key to confirm the value displayed and close the

keypad
1- Press any key or display zone on the PCC.
The numerical keypad (A) appears.
The value entered must fall between the minimum (1)

and maximum (3) values.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
A
1
2- Enter the required value through the keypad (A) or press

keys (1) or (2) to select the minimum and maximum
values.
The value displayed is confirmed and the keypad

disappears from the screen.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
F Check the value shown on the PCC.

2
3
4
5
6
1-006398-04-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BCU-025
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-026
GENERAL INFORMATION
For more details on the definitions for the "Critical" and
"Alert" alarms and critical and progessive shutdowns
which result from them, please refer to chapter
""Alarms" family", in the User manual.
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE
1-006030-14-xx.svg
1- If the application PCC is not at the "Welcome" family,

press key (2) to identify the cause of the alarm.
F
3-
4-
5-
The alarm siren and lamps will stop.

The alarm remains on the display.
Correct the fault.
Press the acknowledge key (1).
The key (2) returns to its original state.
(A) disappear.
If the application PCC is in "Automatic" mode, press key
(4).
Press the (5) key.
The machine starts.
The bottles and preforms will be ejected from the transfer
arms until the machine is completely clear.
F Check the meeting points and make sure that the

machine is running correctly.
- No incidents have been detected.
Press the (5) key.
The machine stops.
1-006403-03-02.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

6- Start the machine cycle, see procedure "BCU-006.
SIDEL
1-010017-03-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BCU-026
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-027
GENERAL INFORMATION
Access to functions which change the status of the
machine can only be set by a user with administratorlevel access.
"Operating levels" chapter in the User manual.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-002,
see
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- mouse with "USB" type connection.
1
1-006288-02-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
1- Open the cover flap (1) at the PCC.
2- Connect the mouse to the "USB" port on the front of the
PCC.
3- Position the cursor over the button you wish to configure.
4- Right click on the mouse.
The pop-up menu (A) appears.

5- Modify the access level to this function as required.
6- Repeat as above from step 3 until you have completed all
access configurations.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

7- Disconnect the moouse.
SIDEL
1-007071-01-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BCU-027
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-028
Entering the date
GENERAL INFORMATION
Dates can be entered and modified using the keyboard.
For entering and modifyng numerical information, see
procedure "BCU-028.
PROCEDURE
1
Current date displayed in window (A)
Go to previous month
Go to previous year
Go to following year
Go to following month
Day selection keys
1-006030-14-xx.svg
1- Press any key or display zone on the PCC.
2- Select the year using the keys (3 ; 4).
The calendar (B) updates.

3- Select the month using the keys (2 ; 5).
The calendar (B) updates.
4- Select the day using the keys (6).
The date has been modified and the window (A)
disappears.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
F Check the date displayed at the PCC.

SIDEL
1-008213-01-02.svg
SBO 20/24
Entering the date
BCU-028
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-034
GENERAL INFORMATION
"Manual mode" is a downgraded operating mode for the
preform feeder which allows production to continue
when there is a fault at the "D5" count sensor.
When "Manual" mode for the feeder has been selected,
the automated regulation system (auto-adapt) is no
longer in operation.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE


2- Select Manual mode on the preform feeder using the key
(2).
F Check the start setpoint values produced by the
production recipe loaded.
3- If necessary, search for the preform feeder start
instruction
setpoints
in
Manual
mode,
see
procedure "BPU-017.
For further information, please refer to chapter "Manual
mode" chapter in the Preform Feeder family in the User
manual.
procedure "BCU-015.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
Correct the sensor "D5" fault quickly in order to return
to
full
Automatic
mode
operation,
see
procedure "BCU-019.
procedure "BCU-015.
SIDEL
1-008848-08-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BCU-034
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BCU-036
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
PROCEDURE
Opening the camera support
1-006030-18-xx.svg

machine.
2- Loosen the grip nut (1).
3- Tilt the locking handle (2).
5- Rotate the support (4) and the table (5).
Rotate the support (4) and the table (5) with caution.
Closing the camera support
6- Rotate the support (4) and the table (5) as far as they will
go.
9- Tilt the locking handle (2).
Removing the electrical unit
5
3
1-007490-01-xx.svg

machine.
12- Slide the electrical unit (7) as far as it will go.
Fitting the electrical unit
13- Slide the electrical unit (7) as far as it will go.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

7
SIDEL
1-007442-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BCU-036
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
SBO 20/24
User procedure
TABLE OF CONTENTS
...................................................................................................................
BPU-001
.....................................................................................................................
BPU-002
........................................................................................
BPU-003
..................................................................................................................................
BPU-004
Recipe management
.................................................................................................................................
BPU-005
....................................................................................................................................
BPU-006
...................................................................................................................................................
BPU-007
Solenoid valve test

Oven test
Preform feeder test
...................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................

BPU-008
BPU-009
......................................................................................
BPU-010
.............................................................................................................
BPU-011
...............................................................................................................
BPU-012
............................................................................................................
BPU-013
...........................................................................................................

BPU-015
.......................................................................................
BPU-017
..........................................................................................
BPU-027
SIDEL
BPU-014
......................................................................
B - 1/2
Part B
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
B - 2/2
Part B
1/4
BPU-001
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / Production process procedure
GENERAL INFORMATION
In order to set points "P0" and "P10" the lower stretching
thrusts must first be set, see procedure "BRM-009.
This procedure requires the presence of 2 technicians:
- The first technician rotates the machine using the
manual rotation system,
- the first technician activates and disactivates the
controls at the PCC,
- the second technician check the position of the roller
(1) on the stretching cam (2).
1-006030-33-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- cold molds.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
- high
pressure
air
circuit
supply
on,
see
procedure "BCU-005.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- certified standard preforms for the type of production
being carried out.
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
2
1-006511-01-xx.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
traduire
machine.
2- Insert a preform into the grip corresponding to the
selected mold.
3- Bring the roller (1) forward onto the horizontal part of the
stretching cam (2) using the manual rotation system, see
procedure "BCU-014.
BPU-001
2/4
The "Wheel" family appears.

4
1-007565-04-02.svg
A
5
1-007570-02-02.svg
10
1-007574-02-02.svg
SIDEL

8- Enter the number of the mold using the keys (6).
The low pressure air supply to the blowing station is now
active.
The stretching cylinder is forced downwards.
11- Bring the roller (1) gently along the stretching cam (2)
using
the
manual
rotation
system,
see
procedure "BCU-014.
12- As soon as the roller (1) is no longer in contact with the
stretching cam (2) stop rotating the machine.
The stretching rod has now reached the bottom of the
preform, this is point "P0".
traduire "P0".
The stretching cylinder * 1 stops at the up-position.
traduire
15- Bring the roller (1) forward onto the horizontal part of the
stretching cam (2) using the manual rotation system, see
procedure "BCU-014.
The preform will be ejected at the bottle transfer.
Part B
3/4
SBO 20/24
BPU-001
The stretching cylinder is forced downwards.

17- Bring the roller (1) gently along the stretching cam (2)
using
the
manual
rotation
system,
see
procedure "BCU-014.
18- As soon as the roller (1) is no longer in contact with the
stretching cam (2) stop rotating the machine.
traduire.
3
2
1
1-006514-01-xx.svg
traduire "P10".
The stretching cylinder * 1 stops at the up-position.
cut off.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
P0
P10
SIDEL
1-006510-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BPU-001
4/4
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BPU-002
GENERAL INFORMATION
The synoptic may differ depending on the machine
model and its configuration but the setting procedure is
always the same.
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE
1-006030-14-xx.svg

If necessary, press on button (2) to display the air
synoptic (A).

3- Enter the required pressure and confirm.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
1-007507-02-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BPU-002
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
BPU-003
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The auto-adapt system adjusts the speed of the
elevator column located immediately upstream from the
unscrambler rollers in order to achieve a continuous
flow of preforms along the infeed rail and therefore not
disrupting production.
The auto-adapt function can be started when creating
a new production set up, modifying the the output rate
of the blowing machine or at any time during
production.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
The procedure is carried out only in "Automatic" mode,

from the "Feeder" family.
The parameters determined by the auto-adaptation
process are recorded in the production recipe if the
operator saves the recipe, see procedure "BPU-005.
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE
Before starting the auto-adapt cycle:
- enter the preform feeder start-up setpoints, see
procedure "BPU-017,
- load the appropriate recipe into the application, see
procedure "BPU-005,
- enter the production rate setpoint, see
procedure "BPU-004.
The key (1) is characterised by a symbol "-" or "+"
depending on whether the low or high speed has been
selected.
1- Select the low speed for the elevator column, using the
key(s) (1).
The blowing machine start cycle can be carried out in
Automatic or Manual mode. If the blowing machine
productoin set-up has not been defined in the PCC
application, start the machine in forced loading with
preform ejection activated.
The procedure below is described in Manual mode for
SIDEL
2- Start the blowing machine and the preform feeder, see

procedure "BCU-015.
1
1-008464-11-02.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
The start percentage for the elevator column (3)

corresponds to its speed at the start of the auto-adapt
cycle.
4- Enter a start-up setpoint for the elevator column (3) of 60
%.
BPU-003
2/2
A confirm window appears.
The preform feeder speed auto-adaptation cycle may

take several minutes.
1-007549-04-02.svg
The auto-adapt cycle stops when the feeder has

operated over a time pre-defined by the plc and at a
sufficient level of preforms in the stabilization rail with
the blowing machine stop pin open.
6- Press the appropriate key to confirm the start of the autoadaptation cycle.
The key (4) flashes during the auto-adapt phase.

The preform feeder is operating.
7- Authorize preform loading into the blowing machine using
the key (5).
F Wait for the end of the cycle.
The reference speed calculated is shown in the window

(B).
F Check that the reference value calculated is below *1.

- If yes.
- If not.
Stop the preform loading using the key (5).
Stop the preform feeder using the key (6).
Select high speed for the elevator column(s)
using the key(s) (1).
Repeat as above from step 4 .
1-006704-14-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

9- Stop the machine, see procedure "BCU-015.
10- Save the recipe, see procedure "BPU-005.
SIDEL
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BPU-004
GENERAL INFORMATION
Caution: modifying the "Output rate" will automatically
generate a recalculation of the production timings by
the plc. The quality of the production may be altered.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS

- PCC application set to the "Welcome" family.
PROCEDURE

2- Enter the setpoint.
The setpoint has now been modifed.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
F Check the output rate value (3).

1-006403-16-02.svg
SIDEL
1-006398-03-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BPU-004
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BPU-005
Recipe management
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE
The "Recipe" family appears.
Drive selection
2- Press the key (2) corresponding to the source drive you
require.
The key changes status.

The recipes present on the drive will be displayed in the
recipe list (A).
Loading a recipe into the machine
1-006030-14-xx.svg
3- Press the name of the recipe in the recipe list (A).
The key (3) is no longer masked.

The recipe is now loaded into the machine.
Deleting a recipe or recipes
5- Press the names of the recipes in the recipe list (A).
A confirm window appears.
7- Press the key corresponding to the required operation.
Printing a recipe or recipes
12
11
The entire content of a recipe will be printed by default.

14
13
2
1-007760-02-02.svg
SIDEL

10- Press the key (6) to activate or disactivate the print out of
the page(s).
11- Turn the recipe pages using the keys in zone (C).
The window (B) disappears from the screen.
13- Repeat as above, from step 8 , to configurate the
printouts for the other recipes.
The recipes selected from the recipe list (A) will print out.
Copying a recipe or recipes
18- Select the drive you require using the keys (10).
C
1-010421-01-02.svg
SBO 20/24
Recipe management
The recipes will be copied to the selected drive.

Saving a recipe
Saving a new recipe
20- Enter the name of the new recipe using the keyboard.
The new recipe is created and saved.
Saving an existing recipe
The new recipe overwrites the existing recipe in the list
(A).
Recovering a deleted recipe
The (E) window appears.
23- Press the name of the recipe in the recipe list (F).
The recipe is reloaded into the list of recipes (A).
The window (E) disappears from the screen.
Exporting a recipe
28- Select the drive you require using the keys (10).
The recipe is exported to the selected reader.
Part B
BPU-005
2/2
10
1-010410-01-02.svg
15
16
1-007602-02-02.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BPU-006
Solenoid valve test
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never attempt any work on the machine during a "Fixed
or mobile solenoid valve test":
- doors open, the machine is energised (water,
electricity, air etc.).
""Settings" family.
The test windows in the "Settings" family are only
accessible if all of the machine safety doors are closed.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE
Blowing test
1- Position the blowing station to be tested at the rear of
the machine using the JOG, see procedure "BCU-013.
The blowing station to be tested will be in the machine's
white zone (B).

3- Enter the number of the blowing station using the keys
(2).
The number of the blowing station selected appears in the
zone (C).
active.
The high pressure air supply to the blowing station is now
on.
Activating the preblow and blow solenoid valves will
cause a lot of noise if the mold is empty. You can place
a small metal plate (make sure that it is clean and
smooth) on the mold for the nozzle to rest on. This will
reduce the noise when testing the valves on an empty
mold.
Briefly activate the preblow and blow solenoids causing
the noise.
The nozzle tip drops down.
10
1-010353-05-02.svg
15
6
14
5
4
3
C
2
SIDEL
1-010342-03-02.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
Solenoid valve test
The lamps (13) will light up when the corresponding

solenoid is active.
BPU-006
2/2
13
The blowing station is now at preblowing pressure.
The blowing station is no longer at preblow pressure.

The blowing station is at blowing pressure.
The blowing station is no longer at blowing pressure.
11- Press the (8) key, (option).
The blowing air is recoverd in the recovery circuit.
12- Press the (8) key, (option).
The recovery solenoid is deactivated.
The blowing air is cleared through the exhaust .
The exhaust solenoid is disactivated.
15- Press the (14) key, (option according to model).
The blowing station is at compensation pressure.
16- Press the (14) key, (option according to model).
The blowing station is no longer at compensation
pressure.
If all of the solenoids are not disactivated, press key
"Oui" on the window that appears.
Testing the solenoids on the fixed section
The machine is now supplied with low pressure air.
20- Test the solenoids one after the other by pressing the
corresponding keys in the zone (E).
1-006409-01-xx.svg
11
12
BEFORE YOU FINISH

If all of the solenoids are not disactivated, press key
"Oui" on the window that appears.

SIDEL
1-010348-03-02.svg
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BPU-007
Oven test
GENERAL INFORMATION
The "Oven test" window allows you to check the oven
lamps.
""Settings" family.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- machine energized, see procedure "BCU-001 ,
PROCEDURE
2345-

Select the half of the oven to be tested using key (2).
The key (2) indicates the half of the oven selected.
Select the zone to be activated using the keys (3).
The zone changes to yellow.
Press the (4) key.
Enter the heating percentage for the zone to be tested.
It is possible to check the ventilation system by
modifying the setpoint using the key (5). The minimum
default value is 30 %.
The heating zone selected lights up.

7- Select the next test zone using the keys (3).
The zone changes to yellow.
8- If necessary, modify the heating percentage in the zone
using the key (4).
9- Repeat as above from steps 3 until you have tested all
of the oven zones.
The heating zone selected goes out.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1
1-010353-06-02.svg
5
1-006421-01-02.svg
SIDEL

SBO 20/24
Oven test
BPU-007
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/4
SBO 20/24
BPU-008
Preform feeder test
GENERAL INFORMATION
The "Feeder test" window (A) allows the user to activate
the controls for the various components of the preform
feeder separately in order to test and adjust each of
them.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
Opening any of the safety doors will stop the operation

of the elements selected in the "Feeder test" window
(A).
""Settings" family.
The minimum default value for the preform feeder
speed setpoints is *1.
MACHINE STATUS
- PCC application in "Manual" mode,
1
PROCEDURE
1-010353-07-02.svg
SIDEL

The low pressure air supply to the preform feeder is now
active.
Part B
SBO 20/24
Preform feeder test
BPU-008
Unscrambler roller operating test


4- Key in the value of the rotation order for the unscrambler
rollers, then confirm.
5- Press the button (4) and release.
The unscrambler rollers are selected.
Selected elements will only start if the "Preform elevator
start/stop" key (5) on the lower display bar PCC is
activated.
2/4
14
8
9
4
3
11
13 12
10
1-010351-03-02.svg
The unscrambler rollers are in operation.

The buttons (6 ; 7) located on the unscrambler roller unit
frame have the same function ast the "Preform elevator
start/stop" key (5) on the lower display bar of the
PCC. The keys (6 ; 7) allow the user to start and stop
the various components of the unscrambler rollers
selected in the "Feeder test" window in order to observe
their performance in contact with the preforms.
F Check the performance of the various components.

The unscrambler rollers are stopped.
Elevator column operation test
9- Enter the elevator motor setpoint.
1-006704-02-xx.svg

activated.
The conveyor belt on the elevator is now in operation.

The conveyor belt on the elevator column is stopped.
Performance test on the elevator column of the mini-hopper
(option according to model)
13- Enter the setpoint instruction for the mini-hopper motor.
1-006375-07-xx.svg
The mini-hopper (option) elevator belt is now operational.

SIDEL

activated.
Part B
3/4
SBO 20/24
BPU-008
Preform feeder test

The mini-hopper (option) elevator belt is now stopped.
Hopper conveyor belt operating test
17- Enter the setpoint for the hopper motor.
activated.
The hopper belt is functioning.

The hopper belt is now stopped.
Other operating tests
activated.
20- Test the functions one after the other by pressing the
corresponding key in the zone (B), please refer to
chapter The "Feeder test" window in the "Settings"
window in the User manual.

BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
The selected elements are stopped.

- If all of the functions are not deactivated a
confirmation window appears.
Press the key corresponding to the required
operation.
SBO 20/24
Preform feeder test
BPU-008
4/4
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BPU-009
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE

1-006030-14-xx.svg
3- Activate "Manual" mode using button (3).
Manual mode active.

4- Select the type of production in Zone (B).
5- Enter the article's capacity (4).
The parameters (5) may then be refined.
These parameters may be refined in order to improve

regulation performance.
As a general rule, these parameters can be set to
obtain:
- a preblow start up with a minimum of 0/10 and a
maximum of +1/10 relative to the baseline process,
- and a pressure with a minimum limit of -2 bar and a
maximum of +2 bars relative to the baseline
process.
6- Enter a weight setpoint (6) for the article bases.
7- Enter a weight setpoint tolerance (7) for the article bases
of +/-0.10 g.
1-007565-09-02.svg
The tolerance
specifications.
must
be
less
than
the
article
8- Enter a correction (8) coefficient for individual regulation

of +0,8.
9- Enter a correctio coefficient (9) for overall regulation of
-0,3.
These parameters should subsequently be refined in
order to adapt the regulation performance to the type of
article.
10- Enter a correction frequency (10) for production start up
of 10.
11- Enter a correction frequency for individual regulation
(11).
12- Enter a correction frequency for overall regulation (12).
A
B
4
7
13
12
10
11
The correction frequencies for individual and overall

regulation must all be the same and be greater than the
production start up correction frequency.
SIDEL
These parameters may be refined in order to improve

regulation performance.
1-007576-02-02.svg
SBO 20/24
Part B
BPU-009
2/2
13- Enter the top of the weight measurement (13) for the
article bases.
This value is a reminder and is not part of the regulation
calculation.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
14- Activate "Automatic" mode using button (3).
SIDEL
"Automatic" mode selected.

Part B
1/6
SBO 20/24
BPU-010
GENERAL INFORMATION
This procedure is not intended to train users in the
creation of a production set-up, it is designed to allow
technicians to set the machine up for the production of
a single item. This article may well serve for the initial
mechanical settings of the machine.
To be able to use this procedure you will need to be
highly familiar with the User manual and in particular
with the "Methodology for production set-up" chapter.
Complying with the specifications for an "HR" article
requires more in-depth process knowledge than can be
presented in the context of this instruction.
For all developments and additional training, please
contact SIDEL.
This list of preliminary checks is intended for the initial
machine start-up.
To carry out this procedure you will require the Service
Procedure Catalogue.
This procedure must be carried out with the molds at
process temperature where this is greater than 60 C.
MACHINE STATUS
- molds at production temperature.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- protective gloves (thermal),
- box cutter.
PROCEDURE
SIDEL
Preliminary checks
1- Check the user profiles, see procedure "BCU-021.
2- Make sure that the options required for the production setup have been activated (especially the "Push-up" option,
if needed) , please refer to chapter
""Options"
family" chapter in the User manual.
3- Check the machine parameter settings and PCC, please
refer to chapter ""Options" family" chapter in the User
manual.
1-006030-53-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part B
BPU-010
2/6
4- Make sure that the custom parts corresponding to the

preforms and items being produced are fitted on the
machine, please refer to chapter "Production item
changes" chapter in the User manual.
5- Check
the
alarm
configuration,
see
procedure "BCU-022.
6- Checking the JOG system, see procedure "BCU-013.
7- Verify that the "Push-up" pressure setting (if present) is
at 9 bar, please refer to chapter
""Wheel"
family" chapter in the User manual.
8- Check the preblow flow limiter settings, see
procedure "BPU-013.
9- Check the alarm levels for the fluid temperatures and
flows (usually a body temperature of around 140 C and
a base and/or neck temperature of 75 C) , please refer
to chapter ""Wheel" family" chapter in the User manual.
10- Check the settings of the inductive and photo-electric
sensors, see procedure "BRE-001.
11- Solenoid valve tests, see procedure "BPU-006.
12- Heating tests, see procedure "BPU-007.
13- Enter
the
production
output
rate,
see
procedure "BPU-004.
15- Set the preform feeder, see procedure "BPU-027.
Preliminary settings
Blow wheel
17- Set points "0" and "10", see procedure "BPU-001.
Oven
18- Set the number of lamps required to heat the preforms
according to their height.
19- Set the position of the lamps for all of the oven heating
modules, see procedure "BPU-011.
20- Set the interior and exterior cooling shields, see
procedure "BRM-010.
21- Set the focal point of the infrared camera(s), see
procedure "BRE-003.
22- Set the positions of the oven cooling dampers to the
middle position.
23- If the "black bars" option is present, set them outside the
heating zone for this first approach.
Setting up the production process
For further information, please refer to chapter "Setting
up the machine for production" chapter in the User
manual.
SIDEL
24- Set the temperatures for the mould regulation

circuits (usually a body temperature of around 140 C and
a base and/or neck temperature of 75 C) .
Preblowing configuration
Part B
3/6
SBO 20/24
BPU-010
25- Set the preblow

procedure "BPU-012.

pressure
to
bar,
see
1
The start of preblowing is expressed in tenths of the

stretching phase, with zero being the start of active
stretching.
26- Position the cursor (1) at "1/10" to set the start of
preblowing to point "0" + 1/10.
Blowing configuration
27- Set
the
blow
pressure
to
38
bar,
see
procedure "BPU-002.
1-007570-03-02.svg
The end of preblowing at point "10" is active.

- For items whose volume is less than 0,5 L, exhaust
time is set at 0,2 s.
- For items whose volume is less than 1,5 L, exhaust
- For items whose volume is greater than 1,5 L,
exhaust time is set at 0,5 s.
29- Key in a value for the exhaust time (3).

- For items with a volume of between 2 L and 1,5 L,
the sweep time is set at 0,8 s.
- For items with a volume of less than 1,5 L, sweep
15
16
14
30- Enter an air recovery time (16) (option).
1-010341-04-02.svg
- According to the volume of the article, the air

recovery time varies from 0.10 to 0.15 s.
31- Enter a sweep time value (14).
"Push-up" must start after the sweep and stop at the
start of the lowering of the mould base.
SIDEL
32- Enter the initial and fina "Push-up" angular positions using
the keys (15)
Heating setpoints
33- Balance the number of penetration and distribution ovens
using the keys (4).
34- Activation of lamps necessary on 40 % penetration oven
modules.
35- Activate the required lamps on 50 % distribution oven
modules.
36- Enter 100 % as a setpoint value for zone 1(A).
Part B
SBO 20/24
37- Enter a value of between 80 and 100 % for the other

zones (B).
BPU-010
4/6
12
11
To achieve better penetration, the "overall heating %"

values should be between 80 and 100 %.
Oven configuration
38- Enter a "Go to standby" setpoint (5) of 40 %.
39- Enter a "Loading temperature" setpoint (6) of 120 C.
Lower the "Loading temperature" setpoint if the time
taken to reach this level is too long.
40- Enter a "Cooling" setpoint (7) of 85 %.
1-010338-03-02.svg
If the "Preform neck" and "Preform base" options are

validated, repeat the previous steps, from step 41 for
the windows "Preform neck temperature" (12) and
"Preform base temperature" (11).
Production set-up trials (in "Manual" mode)
Warning - risk of burns
Wear heat protection gloves.
13
F Wait for the oven to reach the loading temperature.

44- Send around ten preforms through the oven and eject
them at the oven outfeed.
1-007559-02-02.svg
The preforms should be completely supple, even the

domes.
E
D
1-006855-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
F Check the general temperature of the preforms by holding

them.
- If the preforms are supple and not crystallized (E).
Go to step 46 .
- If the preforms are almost supple.
Increase the overall heating percentage 10 %.
- If the preforms are hard.
Increase the number of lamps in operation on the
hard areas.
- If the preforms are completely crystallized.
Reduce the number of lamps.
- If the preforms are partially crystallized (D).
Reduce the overall heating percentage by 10 %.
Part B
5/6
BPU-010
SBO 20/24
45- Repeat the previous steps, from step 44 , until the

required result is obtained.
46- Test the preblowing on 1 wheel rotation and eject the
blown items at the bottle outfeed.
F Check the general appearance of the preblown balloon.

- If the preblown balloon is too small (F).
Increase the preblow pressure by 2 bar and if the
phenomenon continues bring the start of
preblowing forward.
- If the preblown balloon is satisfactory (G).
Go to step 48 .
- If the preblown balloon is to big (H).
Reduce preblowing pressure.
47- Repeat the previous steps, from step 46 , until the
required result is obtained.
48- Test the blowing on 1 wheel rotation and eject the blown
items at the bottle transfer.
F Check the shape of the bottles (I).
49- If necessary, adjust the various parts of the bottle outfeed
(gaps, height and synchronization).
Refining the production set-up
50- Note the positions of the heating zones on a preform
using a box cutter or a permanent marker.
The marked preform will serve as template.
F Check the temperature of the various preform sections
with regard to the heating zones using the template.
If necessary, correct the heating profile by changing
the heating percentages and the number of active
lamps.
51- Note the position of the heating zones on the preforms
using a box cutter or a permanent marker.
52- Test the blowing process on 1 wheel rotation.
F Make sure that the plastic material has been evenly
distributed between the shoulder and the base of the
bottle.
- If the material is not evenly distributed.
Correct the preblow pressure.
F Use marked articles to check the distribution of the
material with regard to the heating zones.
If necessary, correct the heating profile.
53- Send in a number of preforms corresponding to half of the
oven's full capacity.
54- Raise the ambient oven temperature.
55- Refine the "Loading temperature" setpoint.
56- Note the temperature of the preforms at the oven outfeed.
57- Refine the "Preform temperature" setpoint.
58- Note the output percentage value.
59- Refine the "Production start-up" setpoint.
1-006856-01-xx.svg
1-006857-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
1-006858-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
F Make sure that the blown bottles conform to the

production specifications.
If they do not conform, start over the adjustments.
Part B
BPU-010
6/6
BEFORE YOU FINISH

For further information, please refer to chapter "Setting
up the machine for production" chapter in the User
manual.
1-008360-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
F Check the stability of the set-up in production.

Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BPU-011
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never touch the lamps with your fingers.
Always hold the lamps by their ends.
Always wear clean, dry gloves.
1-006030-09-xx.svg
The position of the infrared lamps (1) (advanced or

center) is adjusted according to the production set
up. The shim stacks (4) allow you to adjust the position
of the lamps (1) on the rack (3).
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012,
- oven cold.
3
2
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
1-006075-02-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
machine.
To faciltate tightening, the handles (2) can be
disengaged.
Depending on the configuration of your machine, these

elements (2) may vary visually but their functions
remain the same.
2- Loosen the handles (2).
3- Carefully tilt out the rack (3) from the oven.
4- Pivot the cover lugs (5) by a 1/2 turn.
5- Remove the covers (6).
5
1-006338-01-xx.svg
6
1
SIDEL
1-006339-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
6- Set the positions of the lamps (1) using the shims (4).
7- Position the covers (6).
Part B
BPU-011
2/2
1-008536-01-xx.svg

10- Tighten the handles (2).
6
1
1-006341-02-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH
5
1-006342-01-xx.svg

12- Enter the configuration you have created into the
"Comments" window in the "Oven" family.
SIDEL
1-006076-02-xx.svg
Part B
1/2
SBO 20/24
BPU-012
GENERAL INFORMATION
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE
1-006030-14-xx.svg
2- If necessary, press on button (2) to display the air synoptic

(A).

4- Enter the required pressure and confirm.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
1-010355-03-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BPU-012
2/2
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
BPU-013
SBO 20/24
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
PROCEDURE
1-006030-01-xx.svg
The value 150 is a default value. The value may be

changed when the final process set-up is effected.
Do not activate the low pressure air system in the
JOG implementation window.
1- Connect the JOG to the work zone, see
procedure "BCU-013.
SIDEL
F Check that the display (1) reads 150.

- If yes.
Go to step 2 .
- If not
Continue with the procedure.
3- Loosen the bolt (2).
4- Set the display (1) to 150 using the knob (3).
5- Tighten the bolt (2).
6- Repeat stages 2 to 5 until the preblow flow has been
set on all of the blowing stations.
7- Disconnect the JOG, see procedure "BCU-013.
1-010704-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part B
BPU-013
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH


9- If necessary, press on button (5) to display the air synoptic
(A).
11- Enter the value "150".
The preblow flow entered at the PCC is an indicator
which has no incidence on the actual preblow flow
setting.
4
SIDEL
1-010355-02-02.svg
Part B
1/4
SBO 20/24
BPU-014
GENERAL INFORMATION
Sensor
D3
D4
D5
Unscrambler roller exit

Unscrambler roller anticipated start
sensor
B102.0
B103.3
Upper count cell
B105.0
Detection of preforms at top of rail
B10.5
Detection of preforms at bottom of rail
B10.6
Detection of preforms at machine infeed
B32.1
3
2
1
The sensor cells (D3 ; D4 ; D5 ; 1 ; 2 ; 3) must be first

adjusted and set according to the production to be
done,
see
procedure
"BRE-002,
see
procedure "BRE-014, see procedure "BRE-015, see
procedure "BPU-015.
D4
D5
D3
1-006030-122-xx.svg
Updating the infeed rail missing preform count (A) may

take several seconds.
The screen display(s) may differ depending on the
MACHINE STATUS
- unscrambler roller assembly clear of preforms,
- infeed rail clear of preforms.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-002,
see
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
being carried out.
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
SIDEL
1-008464-12-02.svg
SBO 20/24
Part B
BPU-014
2/4

machine.
Initializing the missing preform counter
Masks can be made out of pieces of cardboard affixed
with adhesive tape.
3- Place a mask on the sensors (D3 ; D4 ; 1 ; 2).
F Wait for 1 minute(s).

F Check that the missing preform counter (A) on the infeed
rail is at "0".
4- Remove the mask from the sensors (D3 ; D4).
Checking the count manually
5- Pass your hand 3 time in front of the (3) cell.
6- Pass your hand 1 time in front of the (D5) cell.
rail is at "2".
- If yes.
- If not.
Start the sensor
adjustments and settings
again,
see
procedure
"BRE-002,
see
procedure "BPU-015.
Repeat as above from step 3 until the missing
preform count is correct.
Checking the sensor (D5)
F Check the operation of the sensor (D5), see
procedure "BRE-015.
Checking the count under production conditions
7- " and ", see above.
The procedure is carried out only in "Automatic" mode,
from the "Feeder" family.
8- Pass your hand 11 time in front of the (3) cell.

rail is at "11".
9- Position 10 preforms in the unscrambler rollers .

rail is at "1".
- If yes.
- If not.
Stop the machine, see procedure "BCU-006 or
see procedure "BCU015.
Start the sensor
adjustments and settings
again,
see
procedure
"BRE-002,
see
procedure "BRE-015, see procedure "BPU-015.
SIDEL

procedure "BCU-015.
Part B
SBO 20/24
BPU-014
3/4
Repeat as above from step 3 until the missing

preform count is correct.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

procedure "BCU015.
12- Remove the preforms.
13- Remove the mask from the sensors (1 ; 2).
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
BPU-014
4/4
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
BPU-015
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The values below are recommended for testing a new
production set-up. These values can be refined after
studying the performance of the preforms in
production.
1-006030-14-xx.svg

MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-002,
see
see
PROCEDURE
SIDEL

Setting the parameters for the unscrambler roller sensor cells
3- Set the parameters of the leading edge of the cell "D1" of
the unscrambler rollers to 2 s using the button (3).
4- Set the parameters of the leading edge of the cell "D2" of
the unscrambler rollers to 1 s using the button (4) (option
according to model).
5- Set the leading edges on cells "D3 ; D4 " for the
unscrambler rollers at 0,5 s using the keys (5).
1-008464-10-02.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
Setting the parameters for the hopper sensor cells

(depending on the machine configuration)
6- Set the leading and trailing edges for the hopper cells at
3 s using the keys (6).
7- Set the the leading and trailing edges of the sensor at the
outlet chute to 3 s using the keys (7).
8- Set the leading and the trailing edges for the blockage
sensor on the elevator column to 1 s using the keys (8).
Setting the sensor cells on the mini-hopper (depending on
the machine configuration)
9- Set the leading edges for the sensors on the mini-hopper
to 3 s using the keys (9).
10- Set the trailing edges for the sensors on the mini-hopper
to 1 s using the keys (10).
11- Set the leading edge for the blockage sensor on the
elevator column to 2 s using the key (11).
12- Set the trailing edge for the blockage sensor on the
elevator column to 1 s using the key (12).
BPU-015
11
2/2
12
10
1-007555-03-02.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

14- Start an auto-adapt cycle, see procedure "BPU-003.
SIDEL
Part B
1/6
BPU-017
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
You search for a start up setpoint when testing a new
production set-up or when the current production setup is not satisfactory.
Setpoints can be searched in the Feeder family in
either Automatic and Manual mode. Searching for
setpoints in Manual mode requires in-depth knowledge
of the articles being produced.
Depending on the machine configuration, only one of
the two screens (A ; B) is visible in the application
PCC. For this procedure, only consider the setpoints
visible on the screens (A) or (B).
Designations and functions for the relevant sensor cells
D1
D2
Unscrambler rollers and elevator column

stoppage
Unscrambler roller regulation sensor
1-006030-14-xx.svg
D4
D3
D2
D1
B102.1
B126.0
D3
B102.0
D4

sensor
B103.3
1-010560-01-xx.svg
The aim of this procedure is to determine the setpoints

(3 ; 4 ; 5) and the setpoint (6) (if it is present) to obtain
the appropriate level and the flow of preforms in the
unscrambler roller assembly and the infeed rail. the
rapid improvement in th level and flow of preforms in the
feeder is principally obtained by modifying:
- the start setpoint for the elevator column (5)
according to the quantity of preforms dropped into
the unscrambler rollers,
- hopper belt setpoint (3) according to the quantity of
preforms supplying the hopper outlet chute,
- for
the
configuration
(B), the "Small hopper supply" (6) setpoint (motors
for the elevator column/intermediate conveyor
assembly according to the quantity of preforms
tipped into the mini-hopper.
11
10
SIDEL
1-010420-01-02.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
Initial values for the start setpoints

The values on the table are the base values. These
values are present in the PCC application during the
first start-up. These values are replaced when the
recipe is loaded.
Element
Reference
Start setpoint
(3)
50 %
(4)
80 %
(fixed value)
60 %
(fixed value)
(5)
60 %
(6)
30 %
Hopper belt
Unscrambler roller (Steel)
Unscrambler
roller (Aluminium)
Elevator column
Elevator
*
column*
11
2/6
for the configuration (B)
If there is a production process set-up and a rate close

to the new production, it is possible to recover the
values of the setpoints for the corresponding
recipe, see procedure "BPU-005.
Initial values for the speed increase
percentages
Unscrambler
roller Window (C)
With presence at D2
10 %
10 %*
With presence at D3
10 %
10 %
By missing preforms
1%
None
With non-presence at D4
15 %
and decrease
Elevator column
Window (B)
Setpoint instructions
BPU-017
10
1-008848-07-02.svg
15 % *
Accessible only in Manual mode
MACHINE STATUS
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- Grade 00 abrasive paper.
Specific tools
being carried out.
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
Part B
3/6
SBO 20/24
BPU-017

C
7
The characteristics of the preforms entered into the

application PCC influence the operation of the preform
feeder :
- If the value entered (7) for the interior diameter of
the preform is greater than 38 mm, the speed
setpoint for the elevator column (5) is automatically
limited to 81 %,
- If the value entered (8) for the total preform length is
less than 100 mm, the speed setpoint for the
elevator column (5) is automatically limited to 85 %.
3- Enter the characteristics of the preforms for the
production to be carried out.
4- Close the window (C).
The preform characteristics for the production are saved.
Monitoring the preform flow time on the unscrambler rollers
This procedure is made easier with the assistance of a

second technician.
machine.
6- Make 2 marks 2 m apart on the unscrambler rollers using
a marker pen.
7- Position a preform in front of the second mark.
Enter the unscrambler roller rotation setpoint (see the
table above) in the "Feeder Test" window , see
procedure "BPU-008.
9- Start the unscrambler rollers , see procedure "BPU-008.
The speed of the preform flow on the unscrambler
rollers is around 2 m in 3 s.
SIDEL
F Check the preform flow time between the 2 marks.

- If the flow time is not correct.
Stop the rollers , see procedure "BPU-008.
Check the gap between the rollers , see
procedure "BRM-013.
Clean the unscrambler rollers using grade 00
abrasive paper.
- If the flow time is incorrect.
10- Stop the rollers , see procedure "BPU-008.
1-008844-03-02.svg
Part B
SBO 20/24
Search the setpoints in the Automatic mode

BPU-017
4/6
11
The setpoint value (5) must be entered into the autoadapt window, see procedure "BPU-003.
12- Enter the start-up setpoints for the preform feeder, see
the table above.
13- Enter the the speed increase and decrease percentage
in the windows (D ; E), see the table above.
selected.
key(s) (10).
15- Start an auto-adapt cycle, see procedure "BPU-003.
F Wait for the end of the cycle.

F Check that the level and the flow of the preforms in the
preform feeder is appropriate.
16- If necessary, refine the speed increase and decrease
percentages in the windows (D ; E).
Search the setpoints in Manual mode
18- Enter the start-up setpoints for the preform feeder, see
the table above.
19- Enter the the speed increase and decrease percentage
in the windows (D ; E), see the table above.
10
1-010420-01-02.svg

selected.
key(s) (10).
SIDEL

Part B
5/6
SBO 20/24
BPU-017
The procedure below is described in Manual mode for

3
3
11

A satisfactory flow of preforms in the feeder is
characterized by a fluctuation in the level of preforms
around the "D3" cell without that extending to the "D4"
and "D1" cells.
F Check that the unscrambler rollers and the upstream

components are sufficiently supplied with preforms.
In the configuration (B), the setpoint (6) represents the
speed percentage for the elevator column and remote
hopper (option)/intermediate conveyor assembly.
F Observe the level and the flow of preforms using the

indicators (11) on the sensors "D4 ; D3 ; D1" as well as
the levels measured at the elevator column (F).
- If no sensor cells are occluded and if the speed
measured (F) is above the setpoint (5).
Lack of preforms in the unscrambler rollers .
Increase the setpoint (5).
If necessary, increase the setpoints (3) and (6) (if
present).
- If the sensor cell "D1" is often occluded and causes
frequent preform feeder stoppages .
Too many preforms in the unscrambler rollers .
Reduce the setpoint (5).
If necessary, reduce the setpoints (3) and (6) (if
present).
F Check that the reference value calculated is below *1.
- If yes.
- If not.
Stop the preform loading using the key (12).
Stop the preform feeder using the key (13).
Select high speed for the elevator column(s)
using the key(s) (10).
Enter the start-up setpoints for the preform
feeder, see the table above.
22- Continue adjusting the setpoints until you obtain a
satisfactory level and flow of preforms in the feeder.
23- If necessary, refine the speed increase and decrease
percentages in the windows (D ; E).
BEFORE YOU FINISH

procedure "BCU-015.
SIDEL
The speed setpoints, obtained with this procedure can

be transfered into the other operating mode (automatic
or manual)for the feeder, before saving the recipe.
10
1-008848-07-02.svg
13
12
1-006704-13-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BPU-017
6/6
SIDEL
Part B
Part B
1/2
BPU-027
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
This procedure is designed to provide instructions for
all of the operations required for preparing the feeder
before starting production.
For all developments and additional training, please
contact SIDEL.
To carry out this procedure you will require the Service
Procedure Catalogue.
MACHINE STATUS
- hopper cleared of preforms, see procedure "BCU-017.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
being carried out.
PROCEDURE

SIDEL

Preliminary settings
1- Set the unscrambler rollers, see procedure "BRM-013.
2- Set
the
stabilization
rail
assembly,
see
procedure "BRM-017.
3- Set the unscrambler, see procedure "BRM-016.
4- Set the infeed rail , see procedure "BRM-011.
5- Check the tensions on the conveyor belts, see
procedure "BRM-015.
6- Set
the
infeed
rail
sensor
cells,
see
procedure "BRE-014.
7- Set the stabilization rail sensor cells, see
procedure "BRE-015.
8- Set the unscrambler rollers sensor cells, see
procedure "BRE-016.
9- Set the sensors cells on the hopper, see
procedure "BRE-018.
10- Set the time-delays on the prefrom feeder sensors, see
procedure "BPU-015.
1-006030-123-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part B
BPU-027
2/2
11- Adjust the detection system at the machine infeed, see

procedure "BRE-002.
12- Check the count function on the preform feeder, see
procedure "BPU-014.
13- Feeder tests, see procedure "BPU-008.
Setting up the production process
14- Load the preforms for production into the hopper.
15- Search the start setpoints for the preform feeder, see
procedure "BPU-017.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
Part C
SBO 20/24
USER PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
Part A
Part B
Part C
Part D
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INSPECTING / CLEANING PROCEDURE
Inspection/cleaning: oven lamps
Inspecting the torque limiters
BNM
..............................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................
Inspection/cleaning: oven reflectors
.........................................................................................................
Checking the mold closing and locking safety devices
BNM-004
.........................................................................................................
BNM-005
....................................................................................................................
BNM-006
Cleaning the molds prior to storage
.........................................................................................................
BNM-008
Inspection/cleaning: braking system
........................................................................................................
BNM-009
Visual inspection of the reducer motor

Checking general synchronization
.....................................................................................................
BNM-011
...........................................................................................................
BNM-012
Inspection/cleaning: preform feeder
.........................................................................................................
Degreasing the toothing on the drive wheels
...........................................................................................
Checking the safety devices on the stretching cam

Inspection/cleaning: oven spindles
.................................................................................
BNM-015
BNM-033
...........................................................................................................
BNM-045
Inspection/cleaning: grease distributor (blowing machine)
.......................................................................
REMOVAL / REFIT PROCEDURE

.....................................................................................
Removal/refit: solenoid valve assembly "TORNADO"
BDM-002
.....................................................................................................................
BDM-003
..............................................................................................
BDM-005
...........................................................................................
BDM-006
........................................................................................................
BDM-007
....................................................................................................................
BDM-008
Removal/refit: high pressure air circuit filters

Removal/refit: hydraulic circuit filters
Removal/refit: spindle chain links
.............................................................................................................
Removal/refit: molds and mold bases

Removal/refit: spindle tips
BDM-001
..............................................................................
Removal/refit:low pressure air circuit filters
Removal/refit: nozzle seals.
BNM-046
BDM
Removal/refit: mold support unit shock absorber

Removal/refit: transfer arms
BNM-013
BNM-014
...........................................................................................
Cleaning of the loading and unloading cams
BDM-010
......................................................................................................
BDM-011
........................................................................................................................
BDM-012
Removal/refit: spindle sprockets
..............................................................................................................
BDM-013
Removal/refit: stretching cylinder
.............................................................................................................
BDM-014
..................................................................................................................
BDM-015
Removal/refit: nozzle cylinder
Removal/refit: seal and compensation springs (single holding bar) (HR)

Removal/refit: stretching unit bottom thrust
Removal/refit: upstream feed unit
BDM-016
..............................................................................................
BDM-017
BDM-018
Removal/refit: downstream feed unit

Removal/refit: infeed guide
................................................
............................................................................................................
........................................................................................................
BDM-019
....................................................................................................
BDM-020
.......................................................................................................................
BDM-021
Removal/refit: preform infeed turntable

SIDEL
BNM-002
BNM-003
............................................................................
Checking the misload safety device

Checking the machine levels
BNM-001
C - 1/4
SBO 20/24
Removal/refit: infeed retractable guide
.....................................................................................................
Removal/refit: oven wheel infeed turntable
BDM-022
..............................................................................................
BDM-023
.....................................................................................................................
BDM-024
...........................................................................................................................
BDM-025
Removal/refit: stretching rod
....................................................................................................................
BDM-026
Removal/refit: stretching cam
...................................................................................................................
BDM-027
Removal/refit: oven outfeed guide
............................................................................................................
Removal/refit: stretching cylinder distributer (lower command)
BDM-028
................................................................
BDM-029
Removal/refit: stretching cylinder seals
....................................................................................................
BDM-030
Removal/refit: lower stretching thrusts
.....................................................................................................
BDM-031
Reconditioning nozzle cylinders (4 stroke)
...............................................................................................
BDM-032
Removal/refit: braking system friction pads
..............................................................................................
BDM-033
....................................................................................................
BDM-034
.........................................................................................................
BDM-035
Removal/refit: exhaust system silencer

Removal/refit: mold base safety pin
Removal/refit: nozzle cylinder distributer
..................................................................................................
Removal/refit: mold base console assembly springs
...............................................................................
BDM-037
............................................................................................
BDM-039
...................................................................................................................
BDM-040
Removal/refit: unscrambler rollers drive belt

Removal/refit: conveyor belts
BDM-036
Draining of the mold body (support and/or shell) hydraulic circuit

Removal/refit: locking counter-cam shock absorber
Removal/Refit: bottle outfeed wheel
............................................................
BDM-043
................................................................................
BDM-045
.........................................................................................................
Removal/Refit: bottle outfeed retractable guide
BDM-046
.......................................................................................
BDM-047
Removal/Refit: bottle outfeed neck guides
...............................................................................................
BDM-048
Removal/Refit: bottle outfeed body guides
...............................................................................................
BDM-049
Removal/refit: seal and compensation springs (holding thrust bar) (HR)

Removal / fitting a "TORNADO" solenoid valve
.................................................
BDM-050
.......................................................................................
BDM-063
Removal/refitting of an upper stretching stop shock absorber
.................................................................
Removal/refitting of the "TORNADO" solenoid valve flow rate limiters
BDM-072
.................................................................
BDM-075
...........................................................................................
BDM-076
.............................................................................................................
BDM-095
Draining of the hydraulic system of the mold base (and neck)

Draining of the hydraulic system of the oven
Reconditioning the oven spindles
BDM-069
....................................................
Reconditioning nozzle cylinder distributer
................................................................................................
Removal/Refit - silencers on the mold support unit solenoid valve
BDM-098
..........................................................
BDM-106
......................................................................
BDM-107
Setting the mold opening/closing lever
.....................................................................................................
BRM-001
Removal/Refit - mold support unit compensation solenoid

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
BRM
Setting the heights of the transfer arms
...................................................................................................
BRM-002
Setting the tension of the spindle chains
..................................................................................................
BRM-003
Synchronizing the preform infeed/oven
....................................................................................................
Synchronizing the oven wheel/preform transfer

Synchronizing the molds/bottle transfer
BRM-005
...................................................................................................
BRM-006
................................................................................................
BRM-007
Synchronizing the preform transfer/molds

Setting the tensions on the timing belts
Setting the stretching bottom thrust
....................................................................................................
BRM-008
..........................................................................................................
BRM-009
Setting the interior and exterior cooling shields

Setting the infeed rail
BRM-004
.......................................................................................
........................................................................................
................................................................................................................................
Setting the positions of the braking system friction pads

Setting the unscrambler roller assembly
.........................................................................
BRM-010
BRM-011
BRM-012
..................................................................................................
BRM-013
...............................................................................................
BRM-015
Setting the height of the unscrambler unit
................................................................................................
BRM-016
Setting up the stabilization rail assembly
.................................................................................................
BRM-017
Setting the tensions on the conveyor belts
C - 2/4
SIDEL
Removal/refit: transfer grips

Removal/refit: nozzle tip
Part C
Part C
SBO 20/24
Synchronizing the bottle outfeed/bottle transfer
.......................................................................................
Setting the compensation system using single bars (HR)

Setting the bottle base outfeed guide
........................................................................
.......................................................................................................
Setting the compensation system using thrust bars (HR)
BRM-018
BRM-021
BRM-022
........................................................................
BRM-023
.......................................................................................................
BRM-044
.............................................................................................................
BGM-001
Setting the stretching cylinder rollers

GREASING PROCEDURE
BGM
Greasing the transfer arm guides
Greasing the spindle rollers and the turnover ramps
...............................................................................
BGM-005
Greasing the toothing on the oven wheel drive ring
.................................................................................
BGM-006
Greasing the toothing on the blow wheel drive ring
.................................................................................
BGM-007
................................................................................................................
BGM-008
Greasing the stretching guides
Greasing the mold base support assembly guides
..................................................................................
BGM-009
......................................................................................................
BGM-010
...................................................................................................................
BGM-011
Changing the oil in the reducer motor

Greasing the molds (cavities)
Greasing the cylindrical GUPM mold support units

Greasing the coder wheel gear
..................................................................................
BGM-013
................................................................................................................
BGM-014
Greasing the blow wheel drive ring movements
......................................................................................
BGM-015
Greasing the oven wheel drive ring movements
......................................................................................
BGM-017
Greasing the oven wheel shaft bearings
..................................................................................................
Greasing the mold support unit locking system

Greasing the preform ejection cams
Greasing the nozzle raise safety cam
Transfer cam lubrication
.......................................................................................
........................................................................................................
BGM-020
......................................................................................................
BGM-021
...........................................................................................................................
Lubrication of the unlocking and locking cams of the mold-support units

Greasing the blowing function cams
BGM-030
................................................
BGM-031
........................................................................................................
BGM-032
Piloted automatic greaser: replacing a cartridge
......................................................................................
BGM-033
........................................................................................................
BGM-035
SIDEL
Greasing the reducer motor bearing
BGM-018
BGM-019
C - 3/4
Part C
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
C - 4/4
Part C
SBO 20/24
Mechanical operation procedure

TABLE OF CONTENTS
..............................................................................................................
BNM-001
...................................................................................................................
BNM-002
.........................................................................................................
BNM-004
.........................................................................................................
BNM-005
....................................................................................................................
BNM-006

BNM-003
............................................................................
.........................................................................................................
BNM-008
........................................................................................................
BNM-009
.....................................................................................................
BNM-011

...........................................................................................................
BNM-012
.........................................................................................................
BNM-013
...........................................................................................

BNM-014
.................................................................................
BNM-015
...........................................................................................
BNM-033
...........................................................................................................
.......................................................................
BNM-045
BNM-046
SIDEL
C - 1/2
Part C
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
C - 2/2
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / Inspecting / cleaning procedure
BNM-001
GENERAL INFORMATION
MACHINE STATUS
- oven cold,
- all machine power and utilities turned off.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
1-006030-09-xx.svg
Parts
None
Consumables
- cotton gloves.
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
machine.
disengaged.
remain the same.
2
1

Never use cleaning agents.
1-006075-01-xx.svg
4- Clean the lamps (3) using a clean, dry cloth.

5- Replace faulty, blackened or persistently soiled lamps
(3), see procedure "BDE -009.
8- Repeat steps 1 to 7, to check all of the oven lamps.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
1-006076-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BNM-001
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
SBO 20/24
BNM-002
GENERAL INFORMATION
For all work on the torque limiters, check the calibration
values on the transmission drawings.
Never attempt to modify the torque limiter tares.
1-006580-06-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary electrical circuit under power,

- main electrical circuit under power,
- PCC switched on.
PROCEDURE

machine.
Checking the infeed wheel torque limiter
1-006403-17-02.svg
3- Turn the turntable (2) manually.
The torque limiter will trip.

The corresponding fault is displayed at PCC.
If the corresponding fault does not appear on the PCC,

reset
the
torque
limiter
sensor,
see
procedure "BRE-010.
4- Reset the preform infeed torque
procedure "BCU-020.
5- Acknowledge
the
fault
at
the
procedure "BCU-026.
limiter,
see
PCC.
see
SIDEL

Check the bottle outfeed wheel torque limiter
6- Turn the turntable (3) manually.
The torque limiter will trip.
reset
the
torque
limiter
sensor,
see
procedure "BRE-010.
1-007175-03-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BNM-002
2/4
7- Reset the torque limiter, see procedure "BCU -020.

8- Acknowledge
the
fault
at
the
PCC,
see
procedure "BCU-026.

Checking the reducer motor torque limiter
9- Check for the gap X = 1,5 mm between the probe (4) on
the sensor (5) and the control disc (6).
If the gap X is incorrect, reset the torque limiter
sensor, see procedure "BRE-010.
10- Check for the gap Y = 0,5 mm between the probe (4) on
If the gap Y is incorrect, reset the torque limiter
1-006574-01-xx.svg
11- Press the probe (4) until the sensor (5) is set off.
12- Acknowledge
the
fault
procedure "BCU-026.
at
the
PCC.

reset
the
torque
limiter
sensor,
see
procedure "BRE-010.
see

Checking the oven wheel torque limiter
X
6
SIDEL
1-007163-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BNM-002
13- Check for the gap X = 1,5 mm between the probe (7) on
If the gap X is incorrect, reset the torque limiter

14- Check for the gap Y = 0,5 mm between the probe (7) on
If the gap Y is incorrect, reset the torque limiter
15- Press the probe (7) until the sensor (8) is set off.
reset
the
torque
limiter
sensor,
see
procedure "BRE-010.
16- Acknowledge
the
fault
procedure "BCU-026.
at
the
PCC.
see

BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-007118-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BNM-002
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNM-003
GENERAL INFORMATION
Always use recommended tools.
The vented reflectors must always retain their mirroreffect.
Eye protection is obligatory.
1-006030-09-xx.svg
Breathing protection is obligatory.

When handling the reflectors (3) take the following
precautions:
- do not split or break them into small pieces,
- avoid creating dust.
2
1
If transformed into dust, the reflectors (3) may cause

temporary irritation to the skin, the eyes and respiratory
system.
1-006075-01-xx.svg
The fine coating on the surface of the standard

reflectors must not be damaged in any way.
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012,
- oven cold.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

1-006089-01-xx.svg
Parts
None
Consumables
- cleaning agent "NET A02",
- cotton wad.
Specific tools
- soft paintbrush.
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
SBO 20/24

machine.
Part C
BNM-003
2/2

disengaged.
remain the same.
4- Remove the standard reflectors (3) and the vented
reflectors (4).
5
1-006079-01-xx.svg
F Check the condition of the reflectors (3 ; 4).

5- Clean the dust off the reflectors (3 ; 4) using a soft brush.
6- Clean the vented reflectors (4) using cotton wad dabbed
in cleaning agent "NET A02".
7- Wipe any remaining cleaning agent off the vented
reflectors (4) using a dry cotton wad.
8- Replace any damaged reflectors (3 ; 4).
9- Refit the reflectors (3 ; 4).
F Make sure that the reflector (4) is in the groove on the
support (5).
12- Repeat steps 1 to 11 , to check all of the reflectors (3 ;
4) in the oven.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
Part C
1/4
BNM-004
SBO 20/24
MACHINE STATUS
- cold molds.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
1-006030-80-xx.svg
Parts
None
Consumables
- adhesive tape.
Specific tools
- 10 mm plastic thickness gauge.
PROCEDURE
Checking the safety devices


procedure "BCU-013.
3- Use the JOG system on the mold closing retractable
safety cam (2) to bring the blowing station forward, see
procedure "BCU-013.
To ensure safety, the person carrying out the procedure
must always keep the control box JOG with them.
SIDEL
1-006403-17-02.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BNM-004
2/4
4- Use a screwdriver (3) as a lever on the mold closing

retractable safety cam (2).
The mold closing safety cam is retracted.

The lamp on the detector (4) "B12.3" goes out.
The alarm message corresponding to the fault appears
on the message band (A) at the PCC.
5- Remove the screwdriver.
The mold closing retractable safety cam (2)returns to its
original position.
6- Acknowledge
the
fault
at
the
PCC,
see
procedure "BCU-023.
7- Use the screwdriver as a lever on the mold locking
retractable safety cam (5).
The mold locking retractable safety cam (5) is now
retracted.
8- Remove the screwdriver.
9- Acknowledge
the
fault
at
the
PCC,
see
procedure "BCU-023.
Checking the safety detection systems
10- Open the vision system, see procedure "BCU-036.
11- Use the JOG unit between the 2 transfer wheels to bring
the blowing station (9) around, see procedure "BCU-013.
12- Place the (7) thickness gauge 10 mm on the left half-mold
(8) of the open blowing station (9).
13- Affix the gauge (7) using the adhesive tape.
10
2
1-006080-01-xx.svg
1-006082-01-xx.svg

16- Use the manual rotation system to bring the blowing
station (9) around so that the follower (11) is in contact
with the mold locking retractable safety counter-cam
(5), see procedure "BCU-014.
The alarm messages corresponding to the faults appear
17- Advance the blow unit (9) by manual rotation so that the
mold blocking rolling (11) is no longer in contact with the
cam (5).
18- Acknowledge the faults at the PCC, see
procedure "BCU-023.
19- Remove the gauge (7).
20- Close the mold support unit manually, see
procedure "BSU-001.
21- Close the vision system, see procedure "BCU-036.
11
1-006081-01-xx.svg
SIDEL

station (9) around so that the follower (10) is in contact
with the mold closing retractable safety cam (2), see
procedure "BCU-014.
Part C
3/4
BNM-004
SBO 20/24
BEFORE YOU FINISH

station (9) around to the mold opening/closing safety lever
23- If the blowing station (9) sets off the safety device (12),
adjust
the
mold
opening/closing
lever,
see
procedure "BRM-001.
10
12
SIDEL
1-006083-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BNM-004
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
BNM-005
SBO 20/24
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
1-006030-10-xx.svg
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- thickness ring 1 mm same diameter as the preform neck,
- 1 preforms.
PROCEDURE

machine.
SIDEL
1-006403-17-02.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BNM-005
2/4
3- Pivot the infeed guide (2) manually.

4- Position the preform (3) on the infeed turntable (4).
5- Bring the preform up to the spindle tip (5) using the JOG
6- Position the thickness ring 1 mm(6) on the spindle tip
(5).
2
1-006084-01-xx.svg
7- Bring the spindle tip (5) up to the preform loading

point(3) using the JOG, see procedure "BCU-013.
The preform (3) will present a fault on loading due to the
thickness of the ring (6).
8- Use the JOG to
procedure "BCU-013.
turn
the
oven
wheel,
see
F Check the rising section on the ejection cams (7).

F Check the rise of the 3 guide followers (8) on the ejection
cams (7).
F Make sure that the mis-loaded preform is ejected.
F Check the safety device.
The lamp on the sensor (9)"B32.0" will be off when it is
inactive.
9- Remove the preform (3) and the ring (6).
F Check the falling section of the ejection cams (7).
10- Acknowledge
the
fault
at
the
PCC,
see
procedure "BCU-023.
5
6
1-006090-01-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006085-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
BNM-005
SBO 20/24
SIDEL
1-006086-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BNM-005
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNM-006
GENERAL INFORMATION
This procedure is intended to check the levels of the
machine. Levelling up procedures use other means
which take into account the position of the blow wheel
in the production area. SIDEL carries out the levelling
up.
1-006030-54-xx.svg
Check the levels according to the measurments taken

during the installaiton of the machine (see SIDEL
levelling up document).
If the document is not available, establish a reference
to be used for the annual inspections.
The arrow next to the level indicates the direction in

which it should be read.
3
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- precision spirit level 0,02 mm/m.
1-006517-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
10
SIDEL
1-006825-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BNM-006
2/2
1- Take the levels of the bars (7) located as follows:

- on the left side (1) of the blow wheel,
- on the rear cross-piece (2) of the blow wheel.
7
1-008389-01-xx.svg
2- Take the levels of the bars (8) located as follows:

- on the transfer table (3 ; 4),
- on the front module (5 ; 6),
- on the rear module (9 ; 10).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
if these readings do not match the original levels,
contact SIDEL.
8
SIDEL
1-006685-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNM-008
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never use oxygenated or chlorinated cleaning agents.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- clean, dry, non-abrasive cloth,
- bubble-wrap.
Specific tools
- sectionned pallets.
1-006757-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
1- Clean the centering studs (1) using a clean. dry, nonabrasive cloth dipped in cleaning agent "NET A03".
2- Clean the seal planes (2) on the half-molds and the mold
base using a clean, dry non-abrasive cloth dipped in
cleaning agent "NET A03".
3- Clean the preform centering ring (3) using a clean, dry
non-abrasive cloth dipped in cleaning agent "NET A03".
4- Clean the cavity (4) in the half-molds and the mold base
using a clean, dry non-abrasive cloth dipped in cleaning
agent "NET A03".
5- Wrap the mold and the mold base in bubble-wrap.
6- Store the molds on sectionned pallets.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

7- Make sure there is no chlorine in the storage area.
8- Monitor the humidity level in the storage area (less than
70%).
9- Monitor the temperature in the storage area (from 20C
to 25C).
SIDEL
2
1-006091-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BNM-008
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNM-009
GENERAL INFORMATION
The braking system opens pneumatically and is drawn
closed by a vacuum (see User manual).
Never loosen the bolts (1).
Operations 8 to 10 require the presence of 2
technicians.
Do not inhale the dust from the brake systems.
1-006030-17-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
2
3
1
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- latex gloves.
Specific tools
- set of thickness gauges .
1-006094-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Wear latex gloves.
Do not apply cleaning agents to the brake pads (2).
SIDEL

machine.
2- Clean the accessible sections of the brake disc (3) using
a cloth dipped in cleaning agent "NET A04".
3- Use the JOG to make the other sections of the brake disc
(3) accessible, see procedure "BCU -013.
4- Clean the other sections of the brake disc (3) using a cloth
dipped in cleaning agent "NET A04".
F Check the condition of all of the parts of the brake system

visually.
F Check the condition of the brake pads (2) visually.
Replace the pads if they have become soiled by
grease or oil, see procedure "BDM -033.
SBO 20/24
Part C
BNM-009
2/2
F Check the thickness of the brake pads (2).

If the thickness of the brake pads (2) is less than 7
mm replace them, see procedure "BDM -033.
5- Connect the JOG to zone "0" on the PCC.
6- Turn off the JOG, see procedure "BCU -013.
7- Inhibit machine rotation, see procedure "BSU-003.
Extreme caution and perfect coordination between the
2 technicians is required for the following operations.
8- The first technician presses the button (6) and keeps it

pressed in.
The braking system is now open.
Never touch the moving parts of the brake during this

inspection.
9- The second technician checks the gap 0,5 +0,1/0 mm
between the brake pads (2) and the brake disc (3).
1-006603-01-xx.svg
Check the gap X along the entire length of the brake

pads (2).
10- Adjust the brake pads (2) if the measurements taken

exceed tolerance limits or are irregular, see
procedure "BRM -012.
After inspecting the brake pads (2) the second

technician gives a signal to the first to release the button
(6).
11- Release machine rotation, see procedure "BSU-003.
1-006093-01-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH
F Check the condition of all of the parts of the brake system

visually.
F Check the tightness of the fixing bolts (7) (tightened to a
torque of 85 N.m.
12- Press the button (6) several times to make sure that the
brake is working properly.
7
SIDEL
1-006096-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNM-011
MACHINE STATUS
- reducer motor cold,
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- Check the general condition of the reducer motor (1).
3- Make sure there are no traces of oil on the reducer motor
(1) shafts or the floor.
1-006030-17-xx.svg
If you detect any oil carry out a closer inspection, see

procedure "BGM -010.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006099-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BNM-011
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
SBO 20/24
BNM-012
GENERAL INFORMATION
Determine the cause of the de-synchronization before
attemptng any work.
Check the synchronization of the machine after carrying
out any mechanical procedure on the belts, pulleys or
bearings.
Checking synchronization requires the full attention of
the technician with regard to the mechanical parts
involved as well as full control of the JOG system, see
procedure "BCU -013.
1-006580-05-xx.svg
Grips not opening symmetrically, marks around the

preform necks or problems on transfer can all be the
result of de-synchronization.
MACHINE STATUS
- correct belt tensions, see procedure "BRM -008,
- torque limiters in working position.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
1-006100-01-xx.svg
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- 3 preforms,
- 3 certified acceptable items .
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
machine.
3- Position 3 preforms on the infeed turntable (2).
4- Rotate
the
machine
using
the
JOG,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
5- Make sure that the preforms load onto the spindle chain
correctly.
Part C
SBO 20/24
BNM-012
2/4
7- Place 3 preforms at the oven outfeed, up-line from the offload point.
8- Rotate
the
machine
using
the
JOG,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
Checking the meeting points of the grips with the molds
is difficult and of limited efficiency when the machine is
moving.
For
a
full
inspection,
see
procedure "BRM-006, see procedure "BRM-007.
F Make sure that the preforms move freely right up to the

bottle transfer wheel.
F Check all aspects of preform movement as well as that of
the parts around them.
9- Note any abnormal stress or asymmetry on preform
transfer.
Preform movement and transfer should be fluid and
unobstructed.
10- Remove the preforms from the grips on the bottle transfer
wheel.
11- Place 3 bottles in the transfer grips (3) on the bottle
transfer wheel.
12- Rotate
the
machine
using
the
JOG,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
F Check that the bottles are carried correctly to the neck

guides (4).
F Make sure that the bottles and all moving parts around
them are working properly.
13- Remove the bottles from the neck guides (4).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-006581-02-xx.svg
De-synchrnonization at one meeting point often

indicates de-synchronization at another meeting point.
If synchronization problems are found at any 1 point,
check all of the transfer points.
14- If necessary, re-synchronize the various parts in the
following order.
- De-synchronization at meeting point A?
A
B
see
see
see
see
C
1-006690-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Synchronizing the preform transfer/molds,

procedure "BRM-007.
Synchronizing the oven wheel/preform transfer,
procedure "BRM-005.
Synchronizing the preform infeed/oven,
procedure "BRM-004.
De-synchronization at meeting point B?
Synchronizing the oven wheel/preform transfer,
procedure "BRM-005.
Part C
3/4
BNM-012
SBO 20/24
see
see
see
see
see
SIDEL

procedure "BRM-004.
- De-synchronization at meeting point C?
procedure "BRM-004.
- De-synchronization at meeting point D?
Synchronizing the molds/bottle transfer,
procedure "BRM-006.
Synchronizing the bottle outfeed/bottle transfer,
procedure "BRM-018.
- De-synchronization at meeting point E?
Synchronizing the bottle outfeed/bottle transfer,
procedure "BRM-018.
SBO 20/24
BNM-012
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
BNM-013
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never use objects which may damage the parts that
need to be cleaned.
Discard any preforms that fall from the production line
or that have been handled.
Check the parts for wear and tear during cleaning.
Certain operations described in this chapter refer to
optional equipment.
Parts to be cleaned :
Hopper and elevator column
- the hopper (1),
- the conveyor belt (2) and the fall cushioner (3) for the
hopper (1),
- the ribbed belt (4), the flaps (5) and the upper cover of the
elevator column (6).
Intermediate conveyor (option)
- the internal walls of the intermediate conveyor ,
- the conveyor belt of the intermediate conveyor .
Mini-hopper (option according to model)
- the internal walls of the mini hopper (7),
- the ribbed belt (8), the flaps (9) and the upper cover of the
elevator column (10),
- the conveyor belt (11) of the intermediary belt (12).
1-007021-11-xx.svg
14
13
1-006110-03-xx.svg
SIDEL
Unscrambler roller assembly

- the preform recovery conveyor belt (13),
- the rollers, the wire-guides (14) and the rails (15) on the
unscrambler roller assembly,
- the 45 unscrambler paddles (16),
- the waste recovery area (17),
- the flaps,
- the internal walls of the unscrambler roller assembly,
- the access gantry.
Infeed rail
- the infeed rail cowling (option),
- all the guides.
16
15
1-006105-03-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BNM-013
2/4
MACHINE STATUS
- feeder cleared of preforms, see procedure "BCU-017,
- all machine power and utilities turned off, see
procedure "BCU-012.
1
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- cleaning agent "NET A03".
Specific tools
- long-necked industrial vacuum cleaner (check the filters
of the vacuum cleaner),
- long-handled rubber scraper,
- raised platform for workng at heights,
- ladder and footplate supplied with the machine.
2
1-006485-02-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
1- Remove any preforms present on the surfaces.
2- Remove all dust and plastic debris using the vacuum
cleaner.
3- Clean the parts using a clean cloth and cleaning agent
"NET A03".
If required. wipe the parts down.
Cleaning the hopper (1) and the hopper fall cushioner (3)
The machine ladder is designed to be fitted to the edge
of the hopper.
4- Clean the hopper (1) and the fall cushioner (3) using the
rubber scraper, a cloth and "NET A03" cleaner.
Cleaning the conveyor belts (2 ; 4 ; 8 ; 10 ; 13 ; 15)
This procedure describes the simple cleaning of the
conveyor belts. For more complete cleaning, remove
the belts and clean them in a bath or with a jet of
water, see procedure "BDM-040.
5- Open or remove the casings providing access to the
conveyor belts.
4
5
SIDEL
1-008538-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BNM-013
6- Clean all accessible sections of the conveyor belts.

7- Clean all sections of the conveyor belts by physically
pulling them along.
8- Close or install the casings.
Cleaning the waste recovery area (17)
9- Open the gate (23).
10- Clean the recovery area (17).
11- Close the gate (23).
Cleaning the anti-UV cabin (UV rail option)

12- Open the bottom cover (18) using the butterfly nut (19).
13- Remove the top cover (20).
14- Remove the rear panel (21) by releasing the 1/4 turn
fixings .
15- Remove the side panel (22) by releasing the 1/4 turn
fixings .
1
17
23
1-008526-01-xx.svg
10
Never obstruct the upper ventilation grill as this may

reduce the bactericidal effects of the lamps.
12

Never clean the UV lamps .
11
1-006675-06-xx.svg
If a lamp is broken, clean the whole area thoroughly with

an aspirator. Dispose of any articles present and make
sure any electrical components are disposed of
according to specific procedures.
19
SIDEL
16- Clean the internal walls, the rear panel (21) and the side
panel (22).
17- Clean all of the parts oin the infeed rail and the upstream
block .
18- Refit the top cover (20).
19- Refit the rear panel (21) and secure it using the 1/4 turn
fixings .
20- Refit the side panel (22) and secure it using the 1/4 turn
fixings .
21- Close and lock the lower cover (18) using the butterfly nut
(19).
18
21
1-006807-03-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
General checks
F Check all of the rubber and plastic parts to make sure they
are free from:
- stretching or shrinking,
- hardening or softening,
- cracking, porosity or roughness.
22- Replace faulty or damaged parts.
F Check that all of the nuts and fixtures are tightened up
properly.
F Control the adjustment of the conveyor belts, see
procedure "BRM-015.
22
BNM-013
4/4
20
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006808-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/4
SBO 20/24
BNM-014
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never start the machine without lubrication on the
toothing of the drive rings.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-12-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- Clean, dry cloths.
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush.
PROCEDURE
Degreasing the toothing on the blow wheel drive ring (1)
procedure "BCU-013.
3- Remove excess grease from the drive ring (1) using a
clean, dry cloth.
4- Clean the toothing on the drive ring (1) using a brush
dipped in degreasing agent "NET A04".
5- Clean the drive gear.
7- Make accessible the other parts of the ring (1) using the
JOG, see procedure "BCU-013.
8- Repeat the previous steps, from step 2 , until degreasing
is complete on the teeth of the drive ring (1).
9- Grease the toothing on the drive ring (1), see
procedure "BGM-007.
Degreasing the toothing on the oven drive ring (3)
SIDEL

1-006088-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
10- Connect the JOG to the work zone,

procedure "BCU-013.
BNM-014
2/4
see
Depending on the type of machine and accessibility,

remove the elements (4 ; 5) or (5 ; 6 ; 7).
4
1-008402-01-xx.svg
12- Clean the different disassembled parts using a cloth

moistened with "NET A04" cleaner.
7
1-008423-01-xx.svg
13- Remove excess grease from the drive ring (3) using a
clean, dry cloth.
14- Clean the toothing on the drive ring (3) using a brush
dipped in degreasing agent "NET A04".
SIDEL
1-008401-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BNM-014
15- Clean the drive gear.

17- Make accessible the other parts of the ring (3) using the
18- Repeat the previous steps, from step 11 , until
degreasing is complete on the teeth of the drive ring (3).
19- Grease the toothing on the drive ring (3), see
procedure "BGM-006.
20- Install the different elements that have been removed.
3
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006087-04-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BNM-014
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNM-015
GENERAL INFORMATION
Sensor
2
Stretching cam safety
B14.4
When the safety device is set off a critical alarm will be

generated and the fault will be shown on the PCC
display.
Work to be carried out at height: use the equipment
fitted on the machine and always follow current safety
regulations.
1-006030-18-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-002,
- PCC switched onsee procedure "BCU-004.
see
see
2
1
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- Press on the retractable cam sector (1) for the stretching
safety cam.
The cam sector (1) retracts.

The lamp on the sensor "B14.4"(2) will be off when it is
inactive.
3- Release the pressure on the retractable cam sector (1).
The sensor lamp "B14.4" (2) is lit when the sensor is
active.
4- Acknowledge
the
fault
at
the
PCC,
see
procedure "BCU-026
1-006667-01-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006403-04-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BNM-015
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNM-033
GENERAL INFORMATION
Parts to be cleaned:
- loading/off-loading cams (1).
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-93-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
procedure "BCU-013.
see
Do not remove grease from the cam races (1) and the
followers in contact with them.
3- Remove excess and splashed grease from the parts (1)
and the areas around them using clean dry cloths.
1
Area greased automatically
SIDEL
1-006378-03-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BNM-033
2/2
4- If necessary, clean the greaser applicator (3).
F Check for any grease leaks at the inlet connector (4).

6- Use the JOG system to access the other parts (1) of the
7- Repeat as above from step 2 until you have cleaned off
all the excess and splashed grease.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

In order to be able to start the machine normally, ther
must be sufficient grease on the cam races (1) and the
followers in contact.
SIDEL
1-008401-02-xx.svg
Part C
1/2
BNM-045
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Visually identifying the type of spindles :
- Spindle (A), shaft and cylindrical support ring.
- Spindle (B), shaft and flattened support ring.
The maintenance schedule varies according to the type
of spindle.
Type
Frequency
Spindle (A)
2 000 h
Spindle (B)
3 000 h
1-006030-21-xx.svg

Parts to be cleaned:
- spindle chain assembly.
Never use solvents as they may affect the lubrication of
the bearings and the self-lubricating bushings.
MACHINE STATUS
- oven cold.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- alcohol at 70 % does not need to be rinsed (non-residual).
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
SIDEL

procedure "BCU-013.
2- Wipe off any excess or splashed grease from around the
spindle chain using a clean, dry cloth.
3- Remove the ejectors (1) manually.
B
1-010327-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
4- Clean the parts of the spindle chain using a clean, dry

cloth.
Part C
BNM-045
2/2
Only use alcohol at 70 % and no other cleaning product

as this may damage the parts.
5- Disinfect the spindle tips (2) and the ejectors (1) using a
cloth dipped in 70 % alcohol.
6- Clip the ejectors (1).
7- Use the JOG system to access the other parts of the
spindle chain .
8- Repeat as above, from step 3 until you have fully cleaned
the spindle chain.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-010317-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/2
BNM-046
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
1
Grease distributor, mold opening/closing cam and mold

raise/lower cam
If the damage cannot be repaired replace the faulty

distributer with an identical one. Check the references
of the distributers in order not to confuse them with other
distributers fitted around the machine.
1-006030-121-xx.svg
1 cm3 of "LUB 29" grease corresponds to 1 shot from

the "ALGI" grease gun.
MACHINE STATUS
4
2
3

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 29" grease,
Specific tools
- "ALGI" grease gun.
5
1
1-010376-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- If need be, remove the electrical unit, see
procedure "BCU-036.
3- Clean the distributer (1) and the area around it using a
clean, dry cloth.
F Check that all of the parts greased manually using the

distributor (1) are sufficiently greased.
- If yes.
Go to step 11 .
- If not.
F Inspect the pipes (2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5) on the grease lines.
If any of the pipes (2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5) has been pinched or
split, replace it.
If none of the pipes (2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5) are crushed or
pierced, replace the distributor (1).
SIDEL
Note the positions of the pipes (2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5) on the

distributor (1) in order to correctly refit them.
Fill up the new pipe with grease before connecting it.
Part C
SBO 20/24
BNM-046
2/2
Fill the new distributer with grease before fitting it.

4- Wipe off any excess grease from the main distributer (1)
using clean, dry cloths.
F Check that all of the pipes (2 ; 3 ; 4 ; 5) on the greasing

line are connected.
7- Inject 6 cm3 of "LUB 29" grease into the nipple (6) using
8- Clean the greasing nipple (6) using a clean, dry cloth.
9- Stop the machine after several wheel revolutions, see
procedure "BCU-006.
machine.
F Check that all of the parts greased manually using the
distributor (1) are sufficiently greased.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-008331-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
.....................................................................................

BDM-002
.....................................................................................................................
BDM-003
..............................................................................................
BDM-005
...........................................................................................
BDM-006
........................................................................................................
BDM-007
....................................................................................................................
BDM-008

.............................................................................................................

BDM-011
........................................................................................................................
BDM-012
..............................................................................................................
BDM-013
.............................................................................................................
BDM-014
..................................................................................................................
BDM-015


BDM-016
BDM-017
............................................................................................................
BDM-018

................................................
..............................................................................................
........................................................................................................
BDM-019
....................................................................................................
BDM-020
.......................................................................................................................
BDM-021

.....................................................................................................
BDM-022
..............................................................................................
BDM-023
.....................................................................................................................
BDM-024
...........................................................................................................................
BDM-025

....................................................................................................................
BDM-026
...................................................................................................................
BDM-027
............................................................................................................
................................................................
BDM-028
BDM-029
....................................................................................................
BDM-030
.....................................................................................................
BDM-031
...............................................................................................
BDM-032
..............................................................................................
BDM-033

....................................................................................................
BDM-034
.........................................................................................................
BDM-035
..................................................................................................

BDM-036
...............................................................................
BDM-037
............................................................................................
BDM-039
...................................................................................................................
BDM-040

SIDEL
BDM-010
......................................................................................................
BDM-001
..............................................................................

............................................................
BDM-043
................................................................................
BDM-045
C - 1/2
SBO 20/24
.........................................................................................................
Part C
BDM-046
.......................................................................................
BDM-047
...............................................................................................
BDM-048
...............................................................................................
BDM-049

.................................................
BDM-050
.......................................................................................
BDM-063
.................................................................
BDM-072
.................................................................
BDM-075
...........................................................................................
BDM-076
.............................................................................................................
BDM-095

BDM-069
....................................................
................................................................................................
BDM-106
......................................................................
BDM-107
SIDEL
BDM-098
..........................................................
C - 2/2
Part C
1/4
BDM-001
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / Removal / Refit procedure
GENERAL INFORMATION
Replace the shock absorber (1) with an identical shock
absorber. Check the references on the absorbers so as
not to confuse them with other absorbers on the
machine.
Make sure that the mold support unit is secured in the
open position before attempting any work on it, see
procedure "BSU-001.
1-006030-01-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- cold molds.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
3
2
7
1
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- Shock absorber (1).
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- locking system holding brace (2),
- tool for adjusting the shock absorbers,
- 44,00 x 32 thin flat-head wrench.
1-006053-05-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
SIDEL

procedure "BCU-013.
3- Unlock and open the mold support unit manually, see
procedure "BSU-001.
Place the holding brace (2) on the right mold support
unit support block (3), facing the lock, see
procedure "BSU-001.
1-010178-02-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-001
2/4
4- Remove the nut (4).

5- Remove the washer (5).
6- Remove the protective cover (7).
7- Loosen the nut (6).
8- Remove the shock absorber (1).
Refit
9- Remove the locking system holding brace (2), see
procedure "BSU-001.
procedure "BSU-001.
11- Screw in the shock absorber (1) fully into the right support
block (3) on the mold support unit.
Adjustments without the tooling (8) :
F Check the type of shock absorber (1) on the rear part

(A).
- Is it a "ENIDINE" type shock absorber (1)?
Screw in the shock absorber (1) to obtain the
distance X=15,2 0,2 mm between the body of
the absorber (1) and the thrust (9).
- Is it a "SANA 001" type shock absorber (1)?
Screw in the shock absorber (1) to obtain the
distance X=11,7 +0/-0,4 mm between the body of
the absorber (1) and the thrust (9).
12- Go to step 15 .
Adjustments with the tooling (8) :
1
1-008051-02-xx.svg
SIDEL
1-006052-04-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-001
F Check that the dimension of the tooling corresponds to

the value X of the type of shock absorber (1) being set
up.
13- Position the shock absorber adjustmen tooling (8).
F Check that the bore on the absorber adjustment tooling
(8) is able to receive the absorber rod (1) when screwed
in.
14- Screw in the shock absorber (1) right up to the adjustment
tooling (8).
F Check that the shock absorber adjustment tooling (8) is
straight, and fully flush with the mold support unit and the
absorber body (1).
15- Fit the nut (6) and tighten.
procedure "BSU-001.
Place the holding brace (2) on the right mold support
unit support block (3), facing the lock, see
procedure "BSU-001.
17- Remove the shock absorber adjustmnt tooling (8).
18- Position the protective over (7).
19- Position the washer (5).
20- Tighten the nut (4).
procedure "BSU-001.
procedure "BSU-001.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
procedure "BSU-001.
procedure "BSU-001.
SIDEL
1-010179-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-001
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
BDM-002
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
During the warranty period only the "TORNADO"
solenoid valve assembly may be replaced.
The stretching rod and the process air both pass
through the "TORNADO" solenoid valves and the
nozzle cylinder. The "TORNADO" solenoid valve
assembly and the nozzle cylinder are potential sources
of both biological and chemical contamination.
Do not remove the nozzle cylinder.
1-006030-01-xx.svg
Follow the hygiene precautions.
10
Ensure that no foreign bodies are allowed to enter the

"TORNADO" solenoid valve assembly or the nozzle
cylinder.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
12
3
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- solenoid valve assembly "TORNADO" on base.
Consumables
Specific tools
- torque wrench 10 to 20 N.m.
PROCEDURE
Removal
1- Connect the JOG to the work zone, see procedure "BCU
-013.
position using the JOG, see procedure "BCU -013.
SIDEL
Turn off the power and utility supplies to the

machine, see procedure "BCU-012.
3456-
15
Remove the stretching rod , see procedure "BDM -026.

Block the orifice (1).
Disconnect the hose (2).
Disconnect the hose (3).
11
1-006449-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
7- Disconnect the hose (4).

9- Disconnect the hose (6) (from the mold support unit).
10- Remove the bolts (7).
11- Remove the electrical connectors (8).
12- Remove the electrical connector (9) from the sensor
(10).
13- Remove the 4 fixing bolts (11).
14- Remove the "TORNADO" solenoid valve assembly (12).
15- Block the orifice (13).
Refit
17- Connect the hose (6) to the "TORNADO" solenoid valve
assembly (12).
18- Unplug the orifice (13).
19- Clean and check the seals (14 ; 15).
If the seal (14) is worn replace it, see procedure "BDM
-032.
If the seal (15) is worn replace it, see procedure "BDM
-032.
20- Use a clean dry cloth to clean the "TORNADO" solenoid
valve assembly (12).
21- Clean the nozzle cylinder (16) using a clean dry cloth.
22- Position the "TORNADO" solenoid valve assembly (12)
on the nozzle cylinder (16).
23- First tightening; tighten the bolts (11) crosswise to a
torque of 10 N.m.
24- Second tightening; tighten the bolts (11) crosswise to a
torque of 20 N.m.
25- Reconnect the electrical connector (9) to the sensor
(10).
Part C
BDM-002
2/4
1-006450-01-xx.svg
13
14
16
1-006058-02-xx.svg
Always follow the references when connecting the

electrical connectors (8) to the corresponding solenoid
valve functions.
The electrical connector references (8) commence with:
- "PB" for the preblow solenoid.
- "E" for the exhaust solenoid.
- "B" for the blowing solenoid.
- "R" for the recovery solenoid valve.
SIDEL
Make sure the seals are on the electrical connectors

(8).
Part C
3/4
BDM-002
SBO 20/24
26- Fit the electrical connectors (8).

27- Tighten the bolts (7).
28- Reconnect the hose (5).
32- Reconnect the hose (6) to the mold support unit.
33- Fit the stretching rod , see procedure "BDM -026.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

35- Test the "TORNADO" solenoid valves (12) and the nozzle
cylinder (16), see procedure "BPU-006.
SIDEL
12
1-006059-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-002
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-003
GENERAL INFORMATION
The procedures for removing and replacing preform
and bottle transfer arms are identical.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-02-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- transfer arm removal/refit tool (1).
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
3- Bring the transfer arm around to your working position
using the JOG, see procedure "BCU-013.
3;4
Follow the assembly direction indicated on the tooling

(1).
4- Pull the grip supports (2) and position the tooling (1).
5- Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (4).
6- Remove the transfer arms (5).
7- Remove the wrench (1).
Refit
5
SIDEL
1-010330-02-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
8- Pull the grip supports (2) and position the tooling (1).
9- Position the transfer arm (5).
10- Position the washers (4).
12- Remove the wrench (1).
F Check the height of the transfer arm (5), see

procedure "BRM-002.
If necesssary, set the height of the transfer arm
(5), see procedure "BRM-002.
F Check the positions of the followers (6) on the cams (7).
If necessary, set the positions of the rollers (6), see
procedure "BDM-038.
BDM-003
3;4
2/2
3;4
1
2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-010318-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-005
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- filter 40 m(1),
- filter 5 m(2), .
- filter 0,01 m (only when the preform ionisation options is
fitted on the 3M UV rail and the infeed rail).
Consumables
- vaseline,
- latex gloves.
Specific tools
- strap wrench.
1-006030-04-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
F Check that the valve (3) is closed and locked off.

circuit.
2- Depress the locking lug (12) and keep it pressed in.

5
11
SIDEL
1-006067-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-005
2/4
3- Turn the bowl (5) by a 1/4 and remove it.

4- Repeat steps 2 to 3 to remove the second bowl (5).
8
12
1-006066-01-xx.svg
5- Unscrew and remove the support (6).

6- Remove the filter 40 m(1).
7- Loosen and remove the filter 5 m(2).
Refit
8- Clean the support (6) using a clean, dry cloth.
9
8
1-006064-01-xx.svg
6
7
1-006065-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
9- Clean the seal (7) and inspect it.

If the seal (7) is worn replace it.
10- Clean the bases (8 ; 9).
11- Clean the bowls (5).
12- Clean and check the seals (10).
If the seals (10) are worn, replace them.
13- Position the filter 40 m(1).
14- Tighten the support (6).
15- Fit the filter 5 m(2).
16- Refit the bowls (5).
Part C
3/4
BDM-005
SBO 20/24
17- Loosen the connectors (11) as far as possible.

10
BEFORE YOU FINISH

18- Release the valve (3).
19- Open the valve (3).
The low pressure air circuit is now turned on.

circuit.
F Make sure that the circuit is airtight.

SIDEL
1-006022-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-005
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-006
GENERAL INFORMATION
Replacement of a high pressure air circuit filter implies
replacing all of the machine's high pressure air circuit
filters.
Danger - high pressure.
The procedure for removing and replacing the high
pressure air circuit filters is identical to that for the 2
filters on the 2 filtration lines.
1-006030-04-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
14
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- filter (1) ,
- O-ring (2).
Consumables
- latex gloves.
Specific tools
- filter wrench (3).
PROCEDURE
Main supply interface panel filter
Removal
machine.
SIDEL
The high pressure air system is now isolated.

F Wait until the circuit has been completely purged.
(5 ; 14).
5
1-007859-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-006
4- Loosen the connector (6).

5- Remove the automatic purge (7).
6- Loosen the flow valve (8) but do not remove it.
7- Remove the bowl (9) using the filter wrench (3).
9- Remove the collar (11).
10- Remove the filter (1) .
2/4
8
9
3
1-006321-01-xx.svg
11- Remove the seal (2).

Refit
12- Clean the base (12) using a clean, dry cloth.
13- Clean the bowl (9) using a clean, dry cloth.
14- Position the seal (2).
12

Hold the filter by its edges (1) .
1
Never touch the filtering section of the filter unit (1) .

10
11
1-006322-01-xx.svg
15- Partly remove the packaging from the upper part of the
filter (1) .
Do not remove the packaging from the filter body (1) .
F Check the condition and the position of the seal (13).

16- Position the filter (1) .
17- Position the collar (11).
19- Remove all of the packaging.
20- Lightly tighten the bowl (9) using the filter wrench (3).
21- Tighten up the screw (8).
22- Position the automatic purge (7).
SIDEL
1-006323-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-006
23- Tighten the connector (6).

Air recycling system filter
Removal
24- Bring the filter (A) round to your working position using
the JOG, see procedure "BCU-013.
13

machine.
F Check that the valve (4) is closed and padlocked.

(5 ; 14).
26- Loosen and remove the envelope (15) by inserting the pin
wrench into the slot (16).
27- Remove the O-ring (17).
28- Loosen the filter element (18) from the filter block (19) and
remove.
Refit
29- Clean the envelope (15) using a clean dry cloth.
30- Clean the filter block (19) using the clean dry cloth.
1-006324-01-xx.svg
19

Handle the filter element (18) by its edges.
Never touch the filter section of the filter element (18).
Check the reference of the filter element to ensure you
do not confuse it with other filter elements fitted on the
machine.
18
31- Partly remove the wrapping from the threaded section of

the filter element (18).
Do not remove the packaging from the body of the filter
element (18).
1-007396-03-xx.svg
21
20
F Check the condition and the position of the 2 seals (20).

32- Grease the thread (21) on the (18) filter and the seals
(20) using vaseline.
Do not apply grease to the filter section of the filter
element (18).
18
1-007395-03-xx.svg
SIDEL
33- Position the filter element (18).

34- Tighten up the filter element (18).
35- Remove all of the packaging.
SBO 20/24
36- Position the O-ring (17).

37- Lightly grease the thread (22) on the envelope (15).
38- Position the envelope (15).
39- Tighten the envelope (15) using the pin wrench inserted
in the slot (16).
Part C
BDM-006
4/4
17
22
15
16
BEFORE YOU FINISH

The high pressure air circuit is now turned on.

circuit.
1-007397-03-xx.svg
SIDEL
F Make sure that the circuit is airtight.

42- Press the "TEST" key on the automatic purge (7).
F Check that the automatic purge functions correctly (7).
Part C
1/6
SBO 20/24
BDM-007
GENERAL INFORMATION
"Hydraulic system", in the User manual.
technical
documentation
delivered
with
this
equipment..
The external hydraulic module is supplied with water or
oil depending on the process.
The removal/refit procedure for the filters of an external
hydraulic module is the same for every filter.
The hydraulic interface contains little water.
Intervention on hot hydraulic circuits :
Replacement of a filter on an external hydraulic module may
be done while the machine is in production. In these cases
always follow the following safety instructions:
Wear safety equipment for body, hands and face.
and pressure.
MACHINE STATUS
- thermoregulator - cold,
- all machine power and
procedure "BCU-012.
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
SIDEL
Parts
- filter(s) .
Consumables
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush,
- nylon brush,
- large tank.
1-006030-66-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-007
2/6
PROCEDURE
Removal/refit of a filter on an external hydraulic module
Removal
If the machine is in production, verify that the valve (1)
of the filtration line in use is open.
2- Close the valve (1) of the filter to be replaced.
Wait for the maximum temperature drop of the isolated
filtration line befor intervening.
3456-
Remove the insulating cover (2).

Place the tank under the drain plug (3).
Remove the drain plug (3).
Remove the plug (4).
F
789-
1-007969-04-xx.svg
Wait until all the fluid has drained out.

Remove the 4 bolts (5).
Remove the plug (6).
Remove the filter (7) .
If the filter (7) is over saturated, check the quality of the
fluid and of the upstream circuit.
F Check the condition of the filter (7).

If the filter (7) is dirty, clean it.
If the filter (7) is deteriorated or over-saturated,
replace it.
Refit
10- Clean the filter block (8) using a nylon brush, cleaning
fluid "NET A04" and a clean, dry cloth.
11- Clean the stoppers (4 ; 6) using a clean, dry cloth.
SIDEL
1-007970-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/6
SBO 20/24
BDM-007
12- Clean and check the seals (9 ; 10).

If the seals (9 ; 10) are worn, replace them.
13- Place the filter (7) on the plug cap (6).
14- Place the plug cap (6)/filter (7) assembly in/on the filter
block (8).
4
1-007971-01-xx.svg
Cross-tighten the screws (5).

15- Hand-tighten the screws (5).
16- Hand-tighten the plug (4).
17- If necessary, clean the assembly using a clean, dry cloth.
18- Install the insulating cover .
19- Fit the drain plug (3).
10
Dispose of the contents of the tank in accordance with

applicable legislation.
Removal/refitting of the hydraulic panel filters ( Mold support
unit )
SIDEL
1-007972-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Removal
machine.
22- Close the valves (11).
23- Position the tank under the filter blocks (12).
24- Remove the stoppers (13).
25- Wait until the water has completely drained out.
26- Remove the filters (14).
Part C
BDM-007
4/6
11
If the filters (14) are over-saturated check the quaity of

the water in the upstream circuits.
F Check the condition of the filters (14).

If the filters (14) are dirty, clean them.
If the filters (14) are worn or over-saturated, replace
them.
Refit
27- Clean the filters (12) using water, a brush and a clean, dry
cloth.
28- Clean the stoppers (13) using a clean, dry cloth.
12
13
1-007351-06-xx.svg
29- Clean and check the seals (15).

If the seals (15) are worn, replace them.
30- Position the filters (14) in the stoppers (13).
31- Position the stopper (13) / filter (14) assemblies in the
filter blocks (12).
13
15
SIDEL
1-006328-02-xx.svg
Part C
5/6
BDM-007
SBO 20/24
32- Lightly tighten the stoppers (13).

33- Wipe down the hydraulic interface using a clean, dry
cloth.
12

14
13
1-006327-02-xx.svg
Removal/refit of the hydraulic panel filter ( oven )

Removal
machine.
36- Close the valves (16).
37- Place the tank under the filter block (17).
38- Remove the plug (18).
F Wait until the water has completely drained out.

39- Remove the filter (19) .
17
16
1-007485-03-xx.svg
If the filter (19) is over saturated, check the quality of

the fluid and of the upstream circuit.
F Check the condition of the filter (19).

If the filter (19) is dirty, clean it.
If the filter (19) is deteriorated or over-saturated,
replace it.
Refit
40- Clean the filter block (17) using the clean dry cloth.
41- Clean the plug (18) using a clean, dry cloth.
18
17
SIDEL
1-008113-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-007
6/6
43- Place the filter (19) on the plug cap (18).

44- Place the plug cap (18)/filter (19) assembly in/on the filter
block (17).
45- Hand-tighten the plug (18).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
49- Check the circuit seals while the machine is in operation.
19
20
18
SIDEL
1-008114-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/4
BDM-008
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never apply grease when fitting the nozzle seal (1).
The following procedure is carried out on cold
molds. Some procedures may, however, require an
intervention on a hot mold. In these cases always follow
the following safety instructions:
- Wear protective clothing on the body, hands and
face during any work on the mold support unit.
Depending on the machine configuration, the nozzle
seal (1) will come with a flat washer (6) or a threaded
washer (7).
When changing a production article, replace the nozzle
seal (1) and the washer, (6) or (7).
MACHINE STATUS
- cold molds.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
- nozzle seal (1).
Consumables
Specific tools
- nozzle seal holding tool (2),
- ring pull tool (3).
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
1-006030-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-008
2/4
Removal
procedure "BCU-013.
1-006329-01-xx.svg
3- Hold the nozzle tip (4) using the nozzle tip holding tool
(2) and remove the ring (5) using the ring pull tool (3).
If there is a threaded washer (7), do not replace it.

4- Remove the washer (6).
Do not damage the thread on the ring (5).
5- Remove the nozzle seal (1).
Refit
6- Clean the nozzle tip (4), the ring (5) and the washer (6)
using a clean, dry cloth.
7- Replace the nozzle seal (1).
2
3
1-007790-01-xx.svg
1
6
5
SIDEL
1-007346-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
BDM-008
SBO 20/24
If there is a threaded washer (7), make sure that it is

fully tightened.
9- Position the ring (5) on the nozzle tip (4).
10- Hold the nozzle tip (4) using the tooling (2) and tighten the
ring (5) using the ring pull (3).
11- Bring the next blow station around to your working
position
using
the
JOG
system,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
12- Repeat as above, from step 3 until you have replaced all
of the nozzle seals (1).
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
F Check all of the nozzle seals (1) with the machine in

production.
1-010393-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-008
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-010
GENERAL INFORMATION
Always use original parts to ensure that they have been
commissioned and self-lubricated (except when fitting
new parts).
MACHINE STATUS
- oven cold.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-21-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
- outer elastic ring grip.
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
2- Slightly loosen the spindle chain to free the spindle
sprockets (1) (the spring and washer assembly is about
300 mm long), see procedure "BRM-003.
3- Note the respective positions of the spindle sprockets
(1) and the sheaths (2) on the links (3 ; 4).
4- Remove the spindle sprockets (1) on the relevant link, see
procedure "BDM-013.
5- Remove the elastic rings (5).
6- Remove the sheaths (2).
The spindle chain may come away.

Do not degrease the sheaths (2).
SIDEL
1-006193-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
7- Remove the H link (3).

8- Repeat steps 4 to 7 , to remove the required number of
H links (3).
Refit
Part C
BDM-010
2/2
2
4
Do not degrease the sheaths (2).
F Check the condition and cleanness of the H links (3).

F Check the condition and cleanness of the articulated links
(4).
F Check the condition and the cleanness of the bushings
(6).
F Check the orientation of the seal plane (7) on the
bushings (6).
9- Position the articulated links (4) in the H links (3).
Always follow the orientation of the articulated links
(4) and the H links (3) with regard to the original setting.
10- Position the sheaths (2) in the links (3 ; 4).
11- Position the elastic rings (5).
12- Repeat steps 9 to 11 .
The spindle chain is now secure.

13- Fit the spindle sprockets (1), see procedure "BDM-013.
14- Set the spindle chain tension, see procedure "BRM-003.
5
1-006192-01-xx.svg
7
4
1-006194-01-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
Part C
1/4
BDM-011
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never unscrew the fixing bolts holding the mold base
onto the spacer as this may affect their precise
positioning.
procedure "BSU-001.
Working on hot molds or hot mold bases :
The following procedure is carried out on cold molds. Some
procedures may, however, require an intervention on a hot
mold. In these cases always follow the following safety
instructions:
stipulated risks.
and pressure.
MACHINE STATUS
- cold molds.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
SIDEL
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB A15" grease,
Specific tools
- locking system holding brace ,
- Mold base removal/refit assistance (1),
- torque wrench 10 to 50 N.m,
- Clean, dry brush.
PROCEDURE
1-006030-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Wear protective glasses.
BDM-011
2/4

procedure "BCU-013.
procedure "BSU-001.
Insert the locking system
procedure "BSU-001.
Part C
holding
brace,
see
F Working on hot molds or hot mold bases.

- If yes.
Stop the thermoregulator(s).
4- Shut off the supply to the hydraulic circuit, see
procedure "BCU-008.
The mold body water circuit is closed.
The mold base water circuit is now closed.
5- Purge the circuit of a few centiliters, see
procedure "BDM-043.
Mold base
Removal
6- Disconnect the hoses (2).
7- Connect the mold base removal/refit assistance (1) to the
carriage (3) via the connector (4).
The carriage (3) is no longer carrying the mold base (5).
1-006195-01-xx.svg
Never unscrew the fixing bolts holding the mold base

onto the spacer as this may affect their precise
positioning.
8- Remove the mold base (5).
Refit
9- Clean the carriage (3) using a clean, dry cloth.
10- Grease the carriage (3) using the "LUB A15" grease and
a paintbrush.
11- Position the mold base (5).
12- Disconnect the mold base removal/refit assistance (1).
13- Reconnect the mold base removal/refit assistance (1) to
its support (6).
14- Reconnect the hoses (2).
6
1
SIDEL
1-006196-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
BDM-011
SBO 20/24
Mold
Removal
15- Loosen the screws (7) but do not remove them.
16- Remove the flange (8).
17- Tilt out and remove the mold shell (9).
18- Repeat steps 15 to 17 , to remove the opposite mold
(9).
Refit
19- Clean all of the contact surfaces of the mold shell (10)
20- Grease the contact surfaces of the mold shell supports
(10) applying the "LUB A15" grease with a paintbrush.
10
8
7
1-006197-01-xx.svg
21- Position the mold shell (9) on its support (10).

22- Position the flange (8) so that it rests on the mold shell
(9).
Tighten thhe bolts (7) to a torque of 16,7 N.m. Make
sure that you use the right class of bolt (7) if you are
replacing them. The bolt (7) class is 12-9.
24- Repeat steps 21 to 23 , to fit the opposite mold shell
(9).
10
If the right mold shell is fitted with a heat sensor,

reconnect it during this procedure.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-006198-01-xx.svg
25- Grease the mold cavities, see procedure "BGM-011.

26- Remove the locking system holding brace , see
procedure "BSU-001.
procedure "BSU-001.
SIDEL
F Make sure there is no excess stress when the mold

support unit closes.
F Make sure that the mold shells (9) do not come into
contact with the mold base (5).
28- Turn on the air and water supplies, see
procedure "BCU-005.
The mold body water circuit is open.
The mold base water circuit is open.
F Working on hot molds or hot mold bases.
- If yes.
Start the related thermoregulator(s)..
F Check for leaks.
10
1-006199-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-011
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-012
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012,
- oven cold.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- bayonette spindle tip (2).
Consumables
- alcohol at 70 % does not need to be rinsed (non-residual).
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush.
1-006030-22-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
2- Remove the ejector (1) manually.
3- Remove the spindle tip (2) by hand.
If more force is required, use a hex wrench to remove
the spindle tip.
1-006204-01-xx.svg
Refit
4- Clean the end of the spindle shaft (3) and the new spindle
tip (2) using a clean, dry cloth.
5- Position the new spindle tip (2).
6- Clip the spindle tip (2).
SIDEL
1-007220-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
7- Clean the spindle tip (2) and the ejector (1) using the
clean, dry cloth.
Part C
BDM-012
2/2
Only use alcohol at 70 % and no other cleaning product

as this may damage the parts.
8- Disinfect the spindle tip (2) and the ejector (1) using a
paintbrush dipped in alcohol at 70 %.
9- Clip the ejector (1).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-008766-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
BDM-013
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The denominations "upper" and "lower" sprockets
designate the sprockets at the oven wheel with the
spindle tip pointing downwards.
MACHINE STATUS
- oven cold,
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-21-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- spindle sprocket.
Consumables
Specific tools
- outer elastic ring grip.
PROCEDURE
Removal
procedure "BCU-013.
2- Position the spindle sprocket you need to remove
oppositeor working position using the JOG system.
1
3
SIDEL
1-006207-03-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-013
2/2
3- Remove the spindle tip , see procedure "BDM-012.

To remove the lower sprocket, first remove the 2
adjacent upper sprockets.
4- Remove the elastic ring (1).
5- Remove the bayonet ring (2), spring (3) and support ring
(4).
2
1-010304-02-xx.svg
6- Remove the sprocket (5) / shaft (6) assembly.

Refit
Never grease the shaft (6), as it is lubricated by the selflubricating bushings.
7- Clean the sprocket (5) using a clean, dry cloth.
8- Position the sprocket (5) / shaft (6) assembly in the sheath
(7).
9- Position the bayonet ring (2).
10- Position the elastic ring (1).
7
6
11- Fit the spindle tip, see procedure "BDM-012.

BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-006206-02-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part C
1/4
BDM-014
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
regulations.
MACHINE STATUS
- molds at production temperature,
- the machine is stopped,
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
- hydraulic circuit open, see procedure "BCU-005.
1-006030-18-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
1- Advance the stretching cylinder (1) in question on the
horizontal part of the stretching cam (2), using manual
rotation, see procedure "BCU-014.
2- Switch off the low pressure air supply, see
procedure "BCU-008.
3- Isolate the main machine power circuit, see
procedure "BCU-011.
machine.
14
13
16
SIDEL
The control block (4) is now isolated from the low pressure
air circuit.
7- Remove the coil (6).
3
1-008057-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
8- Purge the stretching cylinder (1) using the button (7).
The stretching cylinder (1) is no longer blocked in the upposition and the rod can slide freely.
Part C
BDM-014
2/4
The indicator (8) shows the level of residual pressure in

the cylinder.
10- Remove the fixing bolts (10).
7
12
Do not lose the fixing bolt washers.

12- Unscrew the rod (12) on the stretching cylinder (1) using
the pipe wrench .
13- Remove the stretching cylinder (1).
11
15
The slide (13) rests on the stretching cam (2).
1-008059-01-xx.svg
Refit
Carry out the procedure on the horizontal part of the
stretching cam (2), the slide (13) in the up-position.
14- Position the stretching cylinder (1) on the support (14).
15- Screw the rod (12) into the ball-joint (15).
17- Position the fixing bolts (10) on the stretching cylinder
(1).
18- Tighten the fixing bolts (10).
19- Fit the nut (9) and tighten.
21- Fit the coil (6).
23- Turn on the low pressure air supply to the machine, see
procedure "BCU-005.
25- Turn
on
the
main
machine
circuit,
see
procedure "BCU-002.
17
10
9
1-008058-01-xx.svg

active.
The stretching cylinder (1) stops at the up-position.
F Make sure that there are no leaks on the pneumatic
circuit.
F Check the gap between the roller (16) and the stretching
cam (2), see procedure "BRM-044.
F Check the setting of the upper stretching cylinder stop
shock absorber (17), see procedure "BDM-069.
SIDEL
Part C
3/4
BDM-014
SBO 20/24

cut off.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
31- Position the stretching cylinder (1) at the rear of the
machine
using
the
JOG
system,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
machine.
F Check the slide guide (13).

36- Enter the number of the blowing station using the keys
(21).
The number of the blowing station selected appears in the
zone (B).
active.
The stretching cylinder stops at the down-position.
cut off.
18
19
1-010353-30-02.svg
22
20
B
21
SIDEL
1-010342-07-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-014
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-015
GENERAL INFORMATION
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- light "LOCTITE 222" threadlock,
Specific tools
- stretching rod centering tool (11 ; 12),
- dummy stretching rod (10),
PROCEDURE
Removal
1- Advance the desired blowing station until it is opposite the
work
station
using
manual
rotation,
see
procedure "BCU-014.
machine.
3- Remove the stretching rod , see procedure "BDM-026.
If required, you can leave the base block (1) for the
"TORNADO" solenoid valves on the nozzle cylinder
(2), see procedure "BDM-002.
1
2
8
SIDEL
4- Remove the fixing bolts (3) from the "TORNADO"

solenoid valves base block (1).
5- Hold the base block (1) in the raised position.
1-010698-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-015
2/4
6- Disconnect the nozzle cylinder (2) control distributor (5)

electrical connectors (4).
7- Disconnect the nozzle cylinder (2) low-pressure air supply
hoses (6).
The bolts (7) are fitted with light "LOCTITE 222"
threadlock. You may find some difficulty loosening the
fixing bolts (7).
1
4
8- Remove the 4 fixing bolts (7) from the nozzle cylinder

(2) on the console (8).
9- Remove the nozzle cylinder (2).
6
14
1-010699-01-xx.svg
Refit
If the seal (9) is worn replace it, see
procedure "BDM-032.
11- Clean the contact surfaces on the console (8) using a
clean, dry cloth.
12- With the spacer (14) present, clean it using a clean, dry
cloth and place it on the console (8).
13- Clean the contact surfaces on the nozzle cylinder (2)
using a clean dry cloth.
14- Position the nozzle cyclinder (2) on the console (8).
8
7
1-006212-01-xx.svg
15- Position the base block (1) for the solenoid valves
"TORNADO" on the nozzle cylinder using the 4 blocks
(3).
16- First tightening; tighten the bolts (3) crosswise to a torque
of 10 N.m.
17- Second tightening; tighten the bolts (3) crosswise to a
torque of 20 N.m.
Fit the bolts (7) having applied "LOCTITE 222" light
threadlock.
8
1-006209-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
18- Position the 4 fixing bolts (7) but do not tighten.

19- Fit the dummy stretching rod (10) in the nozzle cylinder
(2) / base block (1) assembly.
20- Center the 2 stretching cylinder centering tools (11 ; 12)
on the mold neck collar (13).
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-015
21- Lower the dummy stretching rod (10) htrough the

centering tool (11 ; 12).
12
3
11
The nozzle cylinder (2) / (1) base block is centered.
The dummy stretching rod (10) should slide freely

through the stretching rod centering tools (11 ; 12).
22- Tighten the fixing bolts (7) crosswise to a torque of 20
N.m.
1-007419-01-xx.svg
23- Connect the electrical connectors (4).

10
11
13
12
1-007836-01-xx.svg
25- Remove the dummy stretching rod (10).

26- Remove the centering tools (11 ; 12).
27- Fit the stretching rod corresponding to your production set
up, see procedure "BDM-026.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
F Check the solenoid valves "TORNADO" and the nozzle

cylinder, see procedure "BPU-006.
6
5
4
2
SIDEL
1-010700-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-015
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
BDM-016
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Visually identifying the type of holding bar :
- Standard holding bar (A), follow procedure "BDM-016".
- Thrust holding bar (B), follow procedure "BDM-050".
procedure "BSU-001.
Do not damage the mold shells.
1-006030-01-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- cold molds.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-007335-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- 1 compensation seal (8),
- 96 elastic rings (5).
Consumables
- cleaning agent "Net A04".
Specific tools
- set of thickness gauges ,
- 2 slings (9) supplied with the set of molds.
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
Part C
SBO 20/24
Removal
procedure "BCU-013.
procedure "BSU-001.
4- Insert the locking system holding brace, see
procedure "BSU-001.
5- Disconnect the hydraulic lines from the left shell support
(1) and the left mold shell (10).
6- Remove the nuts (2) and the washers (3).
7- Remove the external boxes (4).
9- Remove the inner boxes (6).
10- Remove the left half-shell support (1) from the support
block (7).
11- Remove the compensation seal (8).
Refit
BDM-016
2/4
10
1
1-006318-03-xx.svg
Never apply grease when fitting the compensation seal

(8).
12- Remove the grease from the left half-shell support (1) and
the left support block (7) using a cloth dipped in cleaning
agent "NET A04".
13- Position the new seal (8) on the left half-shell support
(1).
14- Position the slings (9) to hold the seal (8) on the left half
shell support (1).
15- Position the left half-shell support (1) in the left support
block (7).
16- Position the inner boxes (6).
18- Position the outer boxes (4).
2
2
7
1-007317-01-xx.svg

20- Tighten up the nuts (2) so that the left half shell support
(1) is clamped against the left support block (7).
21- Remove the slings (9).
Tighten the nuts (2) diagonally to position the left half
shell support correctly (1).
8
1
1-006320-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
22- Tighten the nuts (2) to obtain a gap of X = 1,2 +/-0,05

mm between the inner and outer boxes (6 ; 4).
23- Reconnect the hydraulic lines to the left shell support
procedure "BSU-001.
Part C
3/4
BDM-016
SBO 20/24
If there is any resistance when closing the mold support

unit adjust the compensation system, see
procedure "BRM-021.
procedure "BSU-001.
position
using
the
JOG
system,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
27- Repeat as above from step 3 until you have replaced all
of the compensation seals and rings.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

28- Re-adjust
the
compensation
system,
see
procedure "BRM-021.
position using the JOG system.
30- Repeat as above from step 28 until you have set up all of
the mold suport units.
31- Disconnect the JOG, see procedure "BCU -013.
SIDEL
1-006458-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-016
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
BDM-017
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
machine.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
Removal
procedure "BCU-013.
3- Purge the stretching cylinder using the button (2).
2
3
The stretching cylinder is no longer blocked in the upposition and the rod can slide freely.
The indicator (3) indicates the pressure remaining in the
cyclinder.
SIDEL
4- Lower the slide (4) manually.

5- Remove the counter-nut (5).
7- Remove the absorber (1) on the slide (4).
Refit
8- Clean the contact surfaces of the slide (4), the nut (6) and
the counter nut (5) using a clean, dry cloth.
1-006371-03-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
9- Screw the new absorber (1) fully into the nut (6).
10- Screw the absorber (1)/nut (6) assembly fully into the
slide (4).
11- Tighten the lock-nut (5).
12- Connect the JOG to zone "0" on the PCC, see
procedure "BCU-013.
Part C
BDM-017
2/2
1
4
1-006506-01-xx.svg

supplied.
The stretching cylinder stops at the up-position.
The secure low pressure air system of the machine is no
longer supplied.
15- If necessary, repeat the previous steps from step 1 until
the complete replacement of the dampers (1) of the lower
stretch stop
1-010349-03-02.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
Part C
1/2
BDM-018
SBO 20/24
MACHINE STATUS
- infeed rail (1) and feed block (2) cleared of preforms,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
1-007021-07-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
1
2
1-006216-01-xx.svg
2- If the optional UV rail is fitted, remove the panels (8).

3- Loosen the 2 cross-nuts (3).
4- Remove the 2 locking nuts (4).
6- Remove the feed block (2).
Refit
7- Clean the contact surfaces on the feed block (2) using a
clean, dry cloth.
8- Position the feed block (2).
10- Tighten the cross-nuts (3 ; 4).
11- Make sure that the feed block (2) is fitted securely.
SIDEL
1-006807-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BEFORE YOU FINISH
12- Check the gap at the roller (6), stabilizer rails (7), infeed
rail (1) assembly using a preform.
Set the gap between the rails (6), see
Set the gap at the stabilizer rails (7), see
Set the infeed rail (1), see procedure "BRM -011.
Part C
BDM-018
2/2
1-006215-01-xx.svg
13- If the optional UV rail is fitted, refit the panels (8).

SIDEL
1-006217-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/2
BDM-019
SBO 20/24
MACHINE STATUS
- rail and infeed wheel cleared of preforms.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
1-006030-10-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
3
2
1-006218-02-xx.svg
The visual may be different depending on the machine

model ad configuration.
2- Remove the pipe (1).

4- Remove the feed block (3).
If necessary change the infeed
procedure "BDM-020, before refitting.
wheel,
see
Refit
5- Clean the contact surfaces on the feed block (3) using a
clean, dry cloth.
6- Clean the infeed block (3).
Position the infeed block (3) using the guide studs.
2
1-010468-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
7- Fit the infeed block (3).

9- Fit the pipe (1).
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-019
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-020
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power and utilities
procedure "BCU-012,
- infeed wheel cleared of preforms.
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
1-006030-10-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
2- Remove the feed block (1), see procedure "BDM -019.
Move and retain the preform detection assembly (5)
without removing it in order to withdraw the wheel (3).
4- Move the preform detection assembly (5).
SIDEL
1-006084-02-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24

6- Remove the infeed wheel (3).
Refit
7- Clean the infeed wheel (3) and its support using a clean,
dry cloth.
BDM-020
4
2/2
position the wheel (3) using the guide studs.

8- Fit the infeed wheel (3).
10- Make sure that the infeed wheel is securely fitted.
11- Position the preform detection assembly (5).
13- Fit the infeed block (1).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-007444-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-021
MACHINE STATUS
procedure "BCU-012,
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
1-006030-10-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
without removing it in order to withdraw the infeed guide
(2).
5- Remove the infeed wheel (2).
SIDEL
1-007444-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-021
2/2
Refit
6- Clean the infeed guide (2) and its support using a clean,
dry cloth.
Position the infeed guide (2) using the guide studs.
7- Fit the infeed guide (2).
9- Make sure that the infeed guide (2) is securely fitted.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
1-006084-03-xx.svg
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-022
MACHINE STATUS
procedure "BCU-012,
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
1-006030-10-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.

without removing it in order to withdraw the infeed guide
(1).

4- Pivot out the retractable infeed guide (1) manually.
1-007444-01-xx.svg

Refit
6- Clean the retractable infeed guide (1) and the mobile
support (3) using a clean, dry cloth.
SIDEL
Position the retractable infeed guide (1) using the guide

studs.
7- Fit the retractable infeed guide (1) on the mobile support
(3).
9- Make sure that the retractable infeed guide (1) is securely
fitted.
3
1-006084-04-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-022
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
Part C
1/2
BDM-023
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The oven wheel infeed wheel is composed of 3 sectors
each of the same dimension. Each sector is carries a
reference at its edge.
MACHINE STATUS
procedure "BCU-012,
- infeed and oven cleared of preforms.
turned
off,
see
1-006030-10-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
2- Remove the feed block , see procedure "BDM -019.
3- Remove the infeed wheel , see procedure "BDM -020.
4- Remove the infeed wheel , see procedure "BDM -021.
SIDEL
Note the order in which the infeed wheel (1) is

assembled.
5- Position the first sector on the oven wheel (2) infeed
wheel (1) opposite the working position using the JOG
system, see procedure "BCU -013.
6- Remove the bolts (3) from the first sector on the infeed
wheel (1).
7- Remove the first sector of the infeed wheel (1).
Refit
8- Clean the 3 sectors on the infeed wheel (1) using a clean,
dry cloth.
9- Clean the mountings on the first sector of the infeed wheel
(1) using a clean, dry cloth.
10- Position the first sector on the infede wheel (1) on the
oven wheel (2) using the centering pins (4).
11- Insert the bolts (3) into the first sector on the infeed wheel
(1) and tighten up.
12- Position the next sector opposite the working position
using the JOG system, see procedure "BCU -013.
13- Repeat steps 6 and 12 to replace the second and third
sectors on the infeed wheel.
14- Fit the infeed guides, see procedure "BDM -021.
2
3
1
1-006220-01-xx.svg
4
2
1-006219-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-023
2/2
15- Fit the preform infeed wheel, see procedure "BDM -020.
16- Fit the infeed block , see procedure "BDM -019.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-024
GENERAL INFORMATION
The preform and bottle transfer grips are different; the
preform transfer grips are spread further apart than the
bottle transfer grips.
Do not invert the preform and bottle grips when refitting
them.
1-006030-02-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
- transfer grips.
Consumables
- light "LOCTITE 222" threadlock.
Specific tools
None
1
4
5
1-010324-02-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
SIDEL
Removal
machine.
procedure "BCU-013.
4- Bring the transfer arm around to your working position
using the JOG, see procedure "BCU -013.
5- Hold the right grip (1).
7- Remove the grip (1)/screw (2)/washer (3) assembly.
8- Hold the left grip (4).
10- Remove the grip (4)/screw (5)/washer (6) assembly.
Refit
11- Clean the contact surfaces using clean dry cloths.
2
3
1-010323-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-024
2/2
12- If necessary, fit the screw (2 ; 5) and the washer (3 ; 6) on

the grip (1 ; 4).
13- Apply a little light threadlock on the bolts (2 ; 5).
14- Position the right grip and hold it (1).
16- Position the left grip and hold it (4).
18- Repeat steps 4 to 17 , to replace all of the transfer grips
(1 ; 3).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
Part C
1/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-025
GENERAL INFORMATION
procedure "BSU-001.
The following procedure is carried out on cold
molds. Some procedures may, however, require an
intervention on a hot mold. In these cases always follow
the following safety instructions:
- Wear protective clothing on the body, hands and
face during any work on the mold support unit.
1-006030-01-xx.svg
You do not always need to open and close the mold

support unit; that will depend on the height of the nozzle
tip (3).
3
1
When changing a production article, replace the rim

support (9).
MACHINE STATUS
- cold molds.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
- nozzle seal holding tool (1),
- nozzle cylinder piston rod holding tool (2),
- spanner wrench (3).
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
1-010139-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-025
2/4
Removal
procedure "BCU-013.
1-010380-01-xx.svg

procedure "BSU-001.
procedure "BSU-001.
5- Hold the piston rod (6) using the nozzle cylinder piston
rod holding tool (2).
6- Loosen the nut (5) using the spanner wrench (3).
SIDEL
1-010379-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-025
7- Loosen the nozzle tip (4) using the nozzle tip holding tool
(1).
8- Remove the nozzle tip (4).
9- Remove the spring thrust (7).
10- Remove the spring (8).
11- Remove the rim support (9).
12- Remove the nozzle ring (15) and the washer (16), see
procedure "BDM-008.
Refit
13- Clean the nozzle tip (4), the spring thrust (7), the spring
(8) and the rim support (9) using a clean, dry cloth.
7
12
9
10
11
14
4
16
13
15
17
F Check the O-ring (12).

F Check the presence and condition of the spacer (13).
If the spacer (13) is worn, replace it..
14- Position the washer (17)/nozzle seal (15 )/washer (16 )
assembly
on
the
nozzle
tip
(4),
see
procedure "BDM-008.
15- Position the rim support (9).
16- Position the spring (8).
17- Position the spring thrust (7).
F Verify that the ring (14) is present.
F Make sure that the safety ring is in the correct position on
the nozzle (11).
F Make sure that the spacer is in the correct position (10).
1-007833-02-xx.svg
9
1-007834-01-xx.svg
The chamfer on the spacer (10) should be facing

upwards.
18- Clean the piston rod (6) using a clean, dry cloth.
19- Tighten the nozzle tip (4) by hand.
20- Fit the nozzle tip (4).
21- Hold the piston rod (6) using the nozzle cylinder piston
rod holding tool (2).
22- Tighten the nozzle tip (4) using the holding tool (1).
23- Tighten the nut (5) using the spanner wrench (3).
procedure "BSU-001.
25- Close the mold support unit manually.
position
using
the
JOG
system,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
27- Repeat as above, from step 3 for each nozzle tip (4).
SIDEL
BEFORE YOU FINISH

10
11
1-010381-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-025
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
BDM-026
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
regulations.
1-006030-18-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- stretching station in question, in raised position.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
2
3
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush.
1-007318-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
SIDEL
1- Connect the JOG to the work zone, see procedure "BCU

-013.
SBO 20/24
3- Clean the lip seal (5) using a clean, dry brush.
Part C
BDM-026
2/2
1-006698-01-xx.svg

6- Pull the indexing pin (2).
The stretching rod (1) is no longer locked on the shaft.
Turn and raise the stretching rod manually (1) to extract

it from the casing (3).
7- Remove the stretching rod (1).
Refit
8- Clean the stretching rod (1) using a clean, dry cloth.
9- Carefully insert the stretching rod (1) into the casing (3).
1
1-007319-01-xx.svg
10- Pull the indexing the pin (2) and insert the stretching rod
(1) fully into the casing (3).
11- Release the indexing pin (2).
12- Manually turn the stretching rod (1) until the indexing pin
clicks in (2).
The stretching rod (1) is now locked.

F Check that the indexing pin (2) is up against the nut (4).
F Make sure that the stretching rod (1) is securely fitted.
15- Repeat as above from stage 2 until you have replaced all
of the stetching rods (1).
BEFORE YOU FINISH

1-007371-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part C
1/4
BDM-027
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
regulations.
- the first technician, situated on the upper part of the
chassis, disassembles and assembles the
stretching cam,
- the second technician, situated at the foot of the
machine, handles the stretching cam.
1-006030-33-xx.svg
The angular position of the stretching cam depends on

the process, and in particular the position of the "P0"
and "P10" points, see procedure "BPU-010.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
1-010353-04-02.svg
PROCEDURE
SIDEL
Removal
Part C
SBO 20/24

The stretching cylinders stop in raised position.
BDM-027
2/4
1-010342-02-02.svg

machine.
4- Remove the nut (3) and the washer (4).
5- Disassemble the support (5) / "B13.0" sensor (6).
Mark the angular position of the stretching cam (7).

7- Disassemble the cam segment (9).
9- Disassemble the bracket (11).
11- Slide the stretching cam (7) to the edge of the chassis
(13).
12- Remove the stretching cam (7).
Refit
13- Clean the bearing surfaces of the chassis (13) and the
stretching cam (7).
14- Position the stretching cam (7) according to the angular
position defined by the process.
16- Position the bracket (11).
12
12
13
SIDEL
1-008357-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-027

18- Position the cam segment (9).
20- Position the support (5) / "B13.0" sensor (6) assembly.
21- Position the nut (3) and the washer (4).
23- Load
the
required
production
recipe,
see
procedure "BPU-005.
24- Set points "P0" and "P10", see procedure "BPU-001.
11
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
10
1-007974-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-027
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-028
MACHINE STATUS
- oven outfeed cleared of preforms.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
1-006030-05-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
2- Bring the transfer grips around using the JOG system to
free the oven outfeed guide (1), see procedure "BCU
-013.
4- Remove the oven outfeed guide (1).
Refit
5- Clean the oven outfeed guide (1) and the contact surfaces
6- Position the oven outfeed guide (1) using the guide pins.
8- Make sure that the oven outfeed guide (1) is securely
fitted.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
1-006227-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-028
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
BDM-029
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
This procedure applies to equipped cylinders, with
lower controls.
Removing the stretching cylinder will make removing
and
refitting
the
distributer
easier,
see
procedure "BDM-014.
regulations.
MACHINE STATUS
1-006030-18-xx.svg

- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
4
6
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- stretching distributer seal (7),
- stretching distributer (6).
Consumables
- "LUB 28" grease, supplied with the set of seals.
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush,
2
1-006229-01-xx.svg
6
9
PROCEDURE
Removal
work
station
using
manual
rotation,
see
procedure "BCU-014.
SIDEL

machine.
4- Remove the control support (2).
5- Remove the * 1 fixing bolts (3).
6- Remove the purge block (4).
8
1-006228-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
8- Remove the stretching cylinder (6).

Refit
10- Clean the base (8), the purge block (4) and the control
11- Grease the groove (9) for the stretching distributer seal
(7) and the stretching distributer (6) using the "LUB 28"
grease.
12- Position the stretching distributer seal (7) in the groove
(9) on the stretching distributer (6).
13- Grease the surface of the stretching distributer (7) using
the "LUB 28".
14- Position the new distributer (6) on the base (8).
N.m.
16- Position the purge block (4) on the stretching distributer
(6).
17- Tighten the bolts (3) to a torque of 2 N.m.
18- Position the control support (2) on the stretching
distributer (6).
19- Tighten the bolts (1) to a torque of 1,5 N.m.
Part C
BDM-029
2/2
9
7
1-006230-01-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

21- Control the performance of the stretching cyclinder , see
procedure "BPU-006.
SIDEL
Part C
1 / 10
BDM-030
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
This procedure applies to equipped cylinders, with
lower controls.
To carry out this operation, remove the cylinder from the
machine, see procedure "BDM-014.
If you are using a vice, make sure that the jaws are
shaped to the cylinder body so as not to damage it.
1-006757-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- set of seals.
Consumables
- "LUB 28" grease, supplied with the set of seals.
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush,
- thin, non-metallic spatula.
- grips for inner elastic rings.
PROCEDURE
1-006257-01-xx.svg
Removing the cylinder rod

1- Remove
the
stretching
cylinder
,
see
procedure "BDM-029.
2- Disconnect the hose connecting the top and bottom
sections of the cylinder.
4- Loosen the bolts (2).
SIDEL
1-006260-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-030
2 / 10
5- Remove the base (3).

Do not remove the non-return valve and the silencers
from the base (3).
3
25
1-006258-01-xx.svg
6
4
1-006101-01-xx.svg
1-006259-01-xx.svg
8- Remove the holding plate (6) and the end-piece from the
cylinder body (7).
7
1-006253-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part C
3 / 10
SBO 20/24
BDM-030
1-006249-01-xx.svg
10- Remove the base block (9).

Do not scratch the rod or the cylinder body.
9
1-006254-01-xx.svg
11- Remove the cylinder rod (10).
10
1-006250-01-xx.svg
Removing the seals

12- Clean the cylinder rod (10) using a clean, dry brush.
Never use objects that may damage these parts,
especially their ridges and grooves.
13- Remove the supporting segment (11).
13
11
12
SIDEL
1-006251-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-030
4 / 10
14- Remove the 2 lip-seals (12 ; 13) using a fine, non-metallic

spatula.
12
1-006255-01-xx.svg
15- Remove the O-ring (14) from the cylinder body end-piece
(7).
14
1-006252-01-xx.svg
16- Remove the 2 lip-seals (15 ; 16) using a fine, non-metallic

spatula.
16
15
SIDEL
1-006256-01-xx.svg
Part C
5 / 10
SBO 20/24
BDM-030
17- Remove the 2 O-rings (17 ; 18) located on the cylinder

end-piece (7) on the base block (9).
3
9
17
18
7
1-006241-01-xx.svg
18- Remove the cusioning seal (19) from the base block (9)
using a fine, non-metallic spatula.
19
9
1-006245-01-xx.svg
20
1-006242-01-xx.svg
20- Remove the flow valve (21).

21- Remove the seal (22) from the flow valve (21).
22
21
9
SIDEL
1-006246-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-030
6 / 10
Fitting the seals

Grease the seal grooves, the seals and the cylinder rod
(10) applying the grease "LUB 28" with a paintbrush.
Do not scratch the rod or the cylinder body.
22- Clean the cylinder rod and the seal grooves using a clean
dry cloth.
1-006247-01-xx.svg
1-006243-01-xx.svg
23- Position the lip-seal (12) on the rod (10).

Fit the lip-seal (12) into its groove making sure that the
lipped sections are facing outwards.
12
SIDEL
1-006244-01-xx.svg
Part C
7 / 10
BDM-030
SBO 20/24
24- Position the supporting segment (11) on the rod (10).
10
11
1-006238-01-xx.svg
25- Insert the rod (10) into the cylinder body (23).
26- Push the rod (10) to the other side of the cylinder body
(23) to access (only) the lip-sea; groove (13).
10
23
1-006248-01-xx.svg
27- Position the lip-seal (13) in the groove.

28- Insert the cylinder rod (10) fitted with the 2 lip-seals (12 ;
13) into the cylinder body (23).
23
10
13
1-006234-01-xx.svg
29- Grease the end of the cylinder rod (10) applying the "LUB
28" grease with clean, dry paintbrush.
30- Clean the cylinder body end-piece (7) using a clean dry
cloth.
23
10
SIDEL
1-006239-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-030
8 / 10
31- Grease the seal groove (24) using the "LUB 28" grease.
24
1-006235-01-xx.svg
32- Position the seal (16) into the groove as shown in the
illustration.
16
1-006236-01-xx.svg
33- Position the seal (15) into the groove as indicated in the
illustration.
34- Clean the cylinder base block (9) using a clean, dry cloth.
35- Grease the base block supports (9) using the "LUB 28"
grease.
15
7
1-006240-01-xx.svg
36- Position the cushioning seal (19) in its groove as indicated

in the illustration.
37- Position the seal (22) on the flow valve (21).
38- Screw the flow valve (21) into the base block (9) without
tightening it..
40- Position the seals (14 ; 17 ; 18 ) on the base block (9) on
the cylinder body end-piece (7).
19
9
SIDEL
1-006237-01-xx.svg
Part C
9 / 10
SBO 20/24
BDM-030
Assembling the various cylinder components

41- Position the base block (9) on the cylinder body (23).
43- Fit the cylinder body end-piece (7) and the holding plate
(6) on the cylinder body (23).
3
7
23
5
The screw-holes (24) on the holding plate (6), the

connector (25) on the cylinder body end-piece (7) and
the pneumatic connector on the base block (9) should
all be lined up with each other.
1-006233-01-xx.svg
44- Lightly screw in the fixing bolts (5).

45- Screw the check nut (4) on the cylinder rod (10).
46- Position the base (3) on the connector (25).
50- Connect the hose (26) connecting the top and bottom
sections of the cylinder.
25
24
7
1-006231-01-xx.svg
51- Fit the stretching cylinder , see procedure "BDM-029.

BEFORE YOU FINISH
Operating checks
F Check the cylinder before fitting it onto the machine

- it has not been damaged,
- the air purge works properly 7 bar,
- the non-return air valve works efficiently 7 bar,
- there are no leaks.
Adjusting the cylinder damping
52- Tighten up the flow valve (21) as far as it will go.
53- Loosen the flow valve (21) by 2 two turns.
Reset the damping system afer the first few machine
operating cycles.
Fitting the equipped cylinder on the machine
54- see procedure "BDM -014.
21
26
SIDEL
1-006232-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-030
10 / 10
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-031
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never attempt to run the machine if all of the lower
stretching thrusts are not identical.
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB A15" grease,
Specific tools
None
1-006030-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
3- Raise the lower stretching thrust (1) on the support (2)
manually.
The lower thrust is now removed.

Refit
4- Clean the contact surfaces on the lower thrust (1) using
a clean, dry cloth.
6- Grease the contact surfaces on the lower stretching thrust
(1) using the "LUB A15" grease.
7- Position the lower strtching thrust (1) in the support (2).
8- Check the contact between the contact surfaces on the
lower stretching thrust (1) and the support (2).
9- If necessary, reset the lower the stretching thrust (1), see
procedure "BRM-009.
10- Repeat steps 2 to 9 until you have replaced all of the lower
stretching thrusts.
1-006200-01-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006201-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-031
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1 / 18
SBO 20/24
BDM-032
GENERAL INFORMATION
This procedure applies to cylinders "11279186" and
similar. The references used in this procedures do not
apply to the cylinder drawing.
This procedure assumes that the following units have
been removed:
- solenoid valve assembly "TORNADO" on base, see
procedure "BDM-002,
- nozzle tip, see procedure "BDM-025,
- nozzle
cylinder
distributors,
see
procedure "BDM-036,
- nozzle cylinder, see procedure "BDM-015.
1-006757-01-xx.svg
Removing the solenoid valve assembly "TORNADO"

from the machine is not obligatory but it does make the
procedure and the inspection easier.
This procedure does not cover the maintenance of the
nozzle seal, see procedure "BDM-008.
2
3
1-007661-01-xx.svg

SIDEL
1-006548-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
Only use recommended products.
14
Never use oil or grease when fitting the seals of these

parts unless it is specifically recommended.
BDM-032
24 ; 25
23
2 / 18
10
18 ; 19
13
26 ; 27
11
34
33
15 ; 16
12
46 ; 47
49
20
17
21 ; 22
28
1-007663-01-xx.svg
Never use objects that may damage these parts,

especially their ridges and grooves.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
39
36
41
45
Parts
- 1 set of spare SIDEL seals (A),
- the cylinder drawing (see set of drawings supplied with
the machine).
Consumables
- light "LOCTITE 222" threadlock,
- cleaning agent "NETA03".
Specific tools
- set of special SIDEL tools for the cylinder (B),
- torque wrench 10 to 20 N.m,
- grips for inner elastic rings,
- plastic mallet,
- small box-cutter.
35
44
43
40
48
37
42
38
1-007662-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
1- Remove the seal (2) from the cylinder (3) using the scriber
(1).
2- Remove the 2 fixing bolts (4).
3- Separate the cylinder (3)/piston (5) assembly from the

body (6) by gently tapping the piston (5) with the mallet.
SIDEL
The bolts (4) are fitted with light "LOCTITE 222"

threadlock. You may find some difficulty loosening the
fixing bolts (4).
Part C
3 / 18
SBO 20/24
BDM-032
4- Remove the cylinder (3)/piston (5) assembly from the

body (6).
1-007664-01-xx.svg
5- Remove the piston (5).
6
1-007665-01-xx.svg
6- Remove the middle piston (7).
SIDEL
1-007666-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-032
4 / 18
7- Remove the elastic ring (8) from the cylinder (3).
7
1-007667-01-xx.svg
8- Remove the spacer (9) and the diffuser (10) from the
cylinder (3).
10
The diffuser (10) has been tightened on, use a jet if

necessary.
1-007668-01-xx.svg
Protect the cylinder (3) during cutting of the upper stop

(11).
9- Cut the upper stopper (11) using the box-cutter.
3
1-007669-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
10
Part C
5 / 18
SBO 20/24
BDM-032
10- Remove the upper stopper (11).

The presence of a scraper seal (13) depends on the
model of the nozzle cylinder.
11
It is recommended to leave the scraper seal (13) in

place whatever its level of wear.
Removal of the scraper seal (13) risks damaging its
housing and rendering the body (6) useless.
12- Remove the guide belt (14) using the scriber (1).
12
3
1-007670-01-xx.svg
13- Remove the seal (15) and the accompanying O-ring

(16) using the scriber (1).
14- Remove the guide (17) from the piston (5).
13
15 ; 16
14
6
1-007672-01-xx.svg
16- Remove the guide (20) from the piston (5).

17- Remove the seals (21) and the accompanying O-rings
18 ; 19
17
SIDEL
1-007674-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-032
Protect the middle piston (7) while cutting the upper

stop (23).
6 / 18
18- Cut the upper stopper (23) using the box-cutter.
20
21 ; 22
1-007675-01-xx.svg
19- Remove the upper stopper (23).

23
24 ; 25
1-007676-01-xx.svg
22- Remove the middle piston (7) guide bands (28).
27
26
SIDEL
1-007677-01-xx.svg
Part C
7 / 18
BDM-032
SBO 20/24
Do not separate the solenoids (29) from their base

(30).
3
7

24- Remove the cover (32).
28
1-007678-01-xx.svg
25- Remove the guide (33) from the base (30).
29
31
30
32
1-006156-02-xx.svg
26- Remove the scraper seal (34) from the cover (32).
33
30
1-006157-02-xx.svg
Refit
Nozzle cylinder
27- Clean the body (6), cylinder (3), piston (5), middle piston
(7), spacer (9) and cover (32) using a clean cloth and
cleaning fluid "NETA03".
Recondition the cylinder (3)
34
32
SIDEL
1-006159-02-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-032
8 / 18
28- Position the upper stopper (11) on the cylinder (3) using
the tooling (35).
35
12
11
10
1-007679-01-xx.svg
11
35
1-007680-01-xx.svg
The diffuser (10) has been tightened on, use a jet if

necessary.
30- Place the diffuser (10) in the cylinder (3).
31- Place the spacer (9) in the cylinder (3).
Reconditioning the piston (5)
12
SIDEL
1-007681-01-xx.svg
Part C
9 / 18
BDM-032
SBO 20/24
33- Position the guides (17 ; 20) in the piston (5).

34- Place the O-rings (22) in the piston (5).
36
3
38
39
Make the seal (21) into a heart shape.

35- Position the seals (21).
37
21 ; 22
20
18 ; 19
17
1-007682-01-xx.svg
36- Position the drift (36) in the piston (5).
21
1-007683-01-xx.svg

38- Position the drift (37) on the piston (5).
Do not damage the seal (18), position it carefully at the
end.
39- Position the seal (18) using the pushing device (38).
36
SIDEL
1-007684-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-032
10 / 18
40- Remove the chuck (37).

41- Position the calibration sleeve (39) on the piston (5).
38
18
37
19
1-007685-01-xx.svg
42- Disassemble the calibration sleeve (39).

Reconditioning the middle piston (7)
18
39
36
SIDEL
1-007686-01-xx.svg
Part C
11 / 18
BDM-032
SBO 20/24
44- Place the guide bands (28) in the middle piston (7).
45- Place the O-ring (27) in the middle piston (7).
36
41
40
42
42
43

46- Place the seal (26) in the middle piston (7).
24 ; 25
28
26 ; 27
23
1-007687-01-xx.svg

48- Position the chuck (40) on the middle piston (7).
Do not damage the seal (24), position it carefully at the
end.
28
49- Position the seal (24) using the pushing device (41).
7
26 ; 27
1-007688-01-xx.svg

51- Place the calibration sleeve (42) on the middle piston (7)
41
40
25
24
SIDEL
1-007689-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-032
12 / 18
52- Disassemble the calibration sleeve (42).

53- Position the chuck (43) on the middle piston (7).
54- Position the upper stop (23) on the middle piston (7) using
the calibration sleeve (42).
42
1-007690-01-xx.svg

56- Position the chuck (36) in the middle piston (7).
Leave the drift (36) in position for the rest of the
procedure.
42
23
43
7
1-007691-01-xx.svg
Recondition the body (6)
36
SIDEL
1-007692-01-xx.svg
Part C
13 / 18
SBO 20/24
BDM-032
57- Position the guide (14) in the body (6).

58- Place the O-ring (16) in the body (6).
45
44

59- Place the seal (15) in the body (6).
15 ; 16
14
35
1-007693-01-xx.svg
60- Position the tool (35) so as to bear on the body (6).
The tooling (35) calibrates the body seals (6).
14
15 ; 16
1-007694-01-xx.svg
Assemble the nozzle cylinder

61- Place the body (6) on a hollow support to facilitate the
operations.
62- Place the sleeve (44) in the body (6).
63- Place the piston (5) in the body (6).
35
6
SIDEL
1-007695-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
64- Remove the sleeve (44).

65- Position the sleeve (45) on the body (6).
66- Place the middle piston (7), equipped with the chuck
(36), in the body (6).
Part C
BDM-032
14 / 18
5
44
1-007696-01-xx.svg
67- Remove the sleeve (45).

68- Place the cylinder (3) on the chuck (36).
36
7
45
SIDEL
1-007697-01-xx.svg
Part C
15 / 18
BDM-032
SBO 20/24
69- Place the cylinder (3) in the pistons (5 ; 7) and the body
(6).
The cylinder (3) pushes the drift (36) out of the piston
(5).
3
36
1-007698-01-xx.svg
36

threadlock.
71- Tighten the bolts (4) to a torque of 10 Nm.
1-007699-01-xx.svg
72- Position the seal (2) on the cylinder (3).
SIDEL
1-007700-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
"TORNADO" solenoid valve assembly
BDM-032
2
16 / 18
1-007701-01-xx.svg
73- Place the O-ring (46) in the guide (33).

33
48
34
49
46 ; 47
1-007702-01-xx.svg

47
74- Place the seal (47) in the guide (33).
46
33
SIDEL
1-007703-01-xx.svg
Part C
17 / 18
SBO 20/24
BDM-032
75- Position the calibration drift (48) in the guide (33).

77- Remove the calibration drift (48).
78- Position the guide (33) in the base (30).
79- Position the scraper seal (34) in the cover (27).
80- Position the cover (27) on the base (25).
48
49
33
1-007704-01-xx.svg

Nm.
34
32
1-006180-02-xx.svg
82- Position the protective stopper (50) on the cover (27).
30
31
32
1-006181-02-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

83- Check that the piston slides manually.
If the cylinder is not being fitted on the machine
immediately, insert the stoppers into the cylinder
openings to protect it.
50
84- Sign off the operation on the machine's worksheet.
32
SIDEL
1-006182-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-032
18 / 18
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-033
GENERAL INFORMATION
Always replace all of the brake pads in a braking system
when carryng out any operation on it.
Use the safety bolt (1) supplied and fitted on the braking
system.
This procedure requires the presence of 2 technicians.
1-006030-17-xx.svg
The braking system opens pneumatically and is drawn

closed by a vacuum (see User manual).
Do not inhale the dust from the brake systems.
Wear latex gloves.
19
MACHINE STATUS
1-006094-02-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- friction pads (3 ; 4).
Consumables
- latex gloves,
Specific tools
- safety bolt (1),
- spring puller ,
1-007075-02-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
SIDEL
Removal
machine.
3- Remove the fixing bolts from the cover plate (6).
4- Remove the cover plate (6).
8- Remove the silencer (10).
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-033

2/4

pressed in.
Fully tighten the safety bolt (1).
Never fit or remove the safety bolt (1) by hand; always

use a socket wrench.
Do not touch the mobile parts of the braking system.
1-006202-01-xx.svg
10- The second technician positions the safety bolt (1).
11
1-006603-04-xx.svg
15
12
16
13
14
4
17
10
1
1-006261-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
The braking system jaws are secured.

11- When the second technician gives the order, the first
technician releases the push-button (11).
12- Remove the spring (12) using the spring puller.
13- Loosen the counter-nut (13) but do not remove it.
14- Loosen the flow valve (14) but do not remove it.
15- Loosen the bolt (15) but do not remove it.
16- Loosen the nuts (16) but do not remove them.
18- Pivot the arm (18).
The friction pad (3) separates from the brake disc (19).
19- Use a screwdriver as a lever on the metal part of the
friction pad (3).
20- Remove the friction pad (3).
The friction pad (4) separates from the brake disc (19).
23- Use a screwdriver as a lever on the metal part of the
friction pad (4).
24- Remove the friction pad (4).
Refit
25- Check the position of the magnet on the magnetic
support.
26- Position the friction pad (4).
29- Check the position of the magnet on the magnetic
support.
30- Position the friction pad (3).
31- Set the position of the friction pads (3 ; 4), see
procedure "BRM-012.
32- Position the spring (12) using the spring puller.
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-033

(2) technicians is required for the following operations.
pressed in.
Never fit or remove the safety bolt (1) by hand; always

use a socket wrench.
18
3
19
34- The second technician removes the safety bolt (1).
The braking system jaws are now free to move.

35- When the second technician gives the order, the first
36- Tighten the silencer (10).
37- Position the safety bolt (1) in the fixing lug on the braking
system.
20
4
1-006093-02-xx.svg
For machines fitted with several brake cylinders, repeat

as above from step 7 until you have replaced all of the
friction pads (3 ; 4).
F Make sure that the brake disc is clean (19)

Clean the disc (19) if necessary, see
procedure "BNM-009.
38- Fit the covers (8 ; 9) with the screws (7).
39- Position the cover plate (6).
40- Tighen up the fixing bolts on the cover plate (6).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1
10
42- Check the gap between the friction pads (3 ; 4) and the
brake disc (19), see procedure "BNM-009.
SIDEL
1-006262-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-033
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-034
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- silencer cartridge and brake bolts.
Consumables
- teflon tape.
Specific tools
- silencer wrench (1),
- 3/8" socket wrench 3/8" (supplied).
PROCEDURE
Removal
procedure "BCU-013.
3- Remove the exhaust silencer (2) using the silencer
wrench (1).
4- Remove the brake bolts (3) using the hexagonal wrench
3/8".
5- Remove the support (4).
6- Remove the used teflon tape (5) from the support.
7- Removed the silencer cartridge (6).
10
SIDEL
1-006315-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
Refit
8- Clean using a clean, dry cloth:
- the body (7),
- the supports (4 ; 8),
- the grill (9).
9- Fit the new silencer cartridge (6) into the body (7).
10- Assemble the grill (4 ; 8) the supports *2 and the body
(7).
11- Tighten the new brake bolts (3) using the socket wrench
3/8".
12- Apply the teflon tape (5) on the threaded part of the
support (4).
BDM-034
2/2
2
4
5
1-006316-01-xx.svg
13- Clean the tapping on the solenoid valve assemblies

"TORNADO"(10).
14- Fit and lightly tighten the exhaust silencer (2) using the
silencer wrench (1).
6
4
7
8
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006317-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-035
GENERAL INFORMATION
Always identify the cause of the safety pin breakage
before replacing it.
Replace the broken safety pin (1) by 1 original SIDEL
part.
Never tighten or loosen the bolt (4) as you may weaken
the safety pin (1).
1-006030-37-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- safety pin (1).
Consumables
- normal threadlock "LOCTITE 243".
Specific tools
None
1-006585-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
procedure "BCU-013.
The bolt (2) should be fitted with normal threadlock

"LOCTITE 243". You may have difficulty loosening the
bolt (2).
SIDEL
3- Remove the bolt (2) and the washer (3).

4- Remove the safety pin (1).
Refit
5- Fit the new safety pin (1) by positioning the flat part of the
pin against the raised section on the mold base support
(5).
Fit the bolt (2) using normal "LOCTITE 243" threadlock
1-006584-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-035
2/2

BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
BDM-036
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
For an intevention on several blow stations, use manual
rotation (and not the JOG) in order to protect the lowpressure air circuit.
Replace the faulty distributer with an identical one to
prevent further malfunction.
1-006030-01-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
2
1
8
7
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- set of seals,
- distributor(s) (1 ; 2).
Consumables
- "LUB A16" grease.
Specific tools
None
1-010696-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
work
station
using
manual
rotation,
see
procedure "BCU-014.
SIDEL

machine.
4- Remove the electrical connectors (4).
7
5
1
3
The seals (6) may fall into the machine.
1-010465-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
6- Remove the nozzle control distributer (1).

7- Remove the nozzle control distributer (2).
8- Remove the o-ring seals (6).
Refit
11- Grease the o-ring seals (6) using a cloth and "LUB A16"
grease.
8
5
Part C
BDM-036
2/2
3
2
4
1-010697-01-xx.svg
12- Position the o-ring seals (6).

13- Position the nozzle control distributer (1).
14- Position the nozzle control distributer (2).
Observe the correspondence between the electrical

connectors (4) and the distributors (1 ; 2).
16- Connect the electrical connectors (4).
1;2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

19- Control the performance of the nozzle cyclinder (4), see
procedure "BPU-006.
1-010466-02-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
BDM-037
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Always replace the springs (4) in pairs to avoid stress
on the guide system.
Never attempt any work on the thrust (10).
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-37-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- springs (5),
- upper and lower supports (6 ; 7) as required according to
their condition.
Consumables
Specific tools
None
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
Removal
procedure "BCU-013.
3- Hold the mold base in the raised position.
4- Hold the nut (1).
5- Unscrew and remove the spring guide (2) using an
appropriate tool using the slot (3).
6- Remove the nut (1) and the washer (4).
7- Remove the following parts:
- spring (5) with the upper support (6),
- lower support (7).
8- Repeat as above, from step 4 to remove the second
spring (5).
Refit
9- Clean the contact surfaces on the console (8 ; 9) using a
clean, dry cloth.
10- Position the upper support (6) in the spring (5).
11- Position the lower support (7) in the console (8).
1
4
9
6
5
7
3
2
8
10
1-006387-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-037
2/2
12- Fit the spring (5) with the upper support (6) on the lower
support (7) and the console (9).
13- Position the nut (1) and the washer (4).
14- Hold the nut (1).
15- Screw in and tighten the spring guide (2) using the
appropriate tool in the slot (3).
16- Repeat as above from step 9 to fit the second spring (5).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
17- Make sure that the mold base assembly functions
correctly.
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
BDM-039
SBO 20/24
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-002,
see
see
PROCEDURE
1-006030-31-xx.svg
Removal
1- Remove the cover (1) using the fixing bolts .
2- Loosen the tensioner arm (3) manually and remove the
belt (2).
Refit
3- Loosen the tensioner arm (3) and fit the belt (2).
F Make sure that the belt (2) is lined up on the tensioner

roller (4) on each pulley (5 ; 6).
4- Fit the cover (1) and secure it (1).
1-006509-01-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH
3
5
6
SIDEL
1-006508-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-039
2/2


8- Enter the unscrambler roller rotation setpoint (9).
7
1-010353-13-02.svg
The unscrambler rollers are functioning.

F Make sure that the unscrambler rollers (9) rotate
properly.
The unscrambler rollers are stopped.
8
1-010351-04-02.svg
11
10
SIDEL
1-006375-02-xx.svg
Part C
1/4
BDM-040
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
3 conveyor belts are fitted on the preform feeder:
- 1 under the hopper , except on the mini-hopper option ,
- 1 under the unscrambler rollers (1),
- 1 under the elevator column (5).
The is no belt in the mini-hopper . The mini-hopper is
fitted with a recovery conveyor (9).
1-007021-08-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
procedure "BCU-012.
1
PROCEDURE
Removal/refit: unscrambler roller recovery belt (1) and minihopper recovery conveyor (9) (option)
1-006107-02-xx.svg
1- Open the cover manually (2) to access the belt (1) using
the quick-change fittings.
If necessary, bring the belt (1) around by pulling it
gently until you can access the clasps (3).
2- Loosen the belt (1), see procedure "BRM-015.
3- Carefully remove the holding rod (4).
The clasps come free (3).
SIDEL
1-006673-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
4- Staple the new belt (1) to the end of the belt to be removed
using the holding rod (4).
5- Carefully pull the old belt (1) by its free end bring the new
belt in fully.
6- Unhook the two belts (1).
BDM-040
2/4
1-006567-01-xx.svg
7- Hook up the 2 ends of the new belt (1) using the holding
rod (4).
8- Close the cover (2) manually.
Removal/refit: the slatted elevator belt (5)
The removal/refit of the slatted elevator belt (5) is
identical for the mini-hopper option.
9- Open the safety cover (6) to access the belt (5).

You may need to remove the panel (6) to make the

operation easier.
1-007299-01-xx.svg


12- Staple the new belt (5) to the end of the belt to be removed
using the holding rod (4).
belt in fully.
rod (4).
SIDEL
1-006568-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-040
16- Close the cover panel (6).

Removal/refit: hopper and displaced hopper (option)
conveyor belt (10)
17- Open the clearance gate (8) to access the belt (10).

20- Staple the new belt (10) to the end of the belt to be
removed using the holding rod (4).
6
1-006547-02-xx.svg
belt in fully.
rod (4).
24- Close the clearance gate (8) manually.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
25- Set the conveyor belts, see procedure "BRM-015.
10
SIDEL
1-006694-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-040
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/6
BDM-043
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
To make interventions easier, T-connectors (not
supplied) should be installed on thermoregulator
outlets.
The hydraulic circuit of the mold shells is supplied with
oil.
The hydraulic circuit of the mold supports is supplied
with water.
MACHINE STATUS
- thermoregulator - cold.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-005,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-001,
see
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 38" oil.
Specific tools
- large tank,
- drum with approx. 200 L capacity.
PROCEDURE
valves
on
the
SIDEL
Hydraulic circuit of the mold shells

Drainage
1- Close the distribution circuit
thermoregulator.
1-006030-66-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
23456-
Open the doors of the external hydraulic module..

Place the large tank under the T-connectors .
Remove the plug from the supply circuit T-connector .
Connect a low-pressure air supply hose to the Tconnector .
7- Remove the plug from the return circuit T-connector .
8- Connect an adapted hose to the T-connector .
9- Position the other end of the hose in the empty drum.
10- Turn on the low pressure air circuit.
Part C
BDM-043
2/6
F Wait until all of the oil has drained off.

11- Switch off the low pressure air supply.
12- Disconnect the hoses .
13- Install the plugs on the T-connectors .
The hydraulic circuit of the mold shells has been

drained. Work can now be carried out on the circuit.
Filling
1-007969-03-xx.svg
Before filling the hydraulic circuit:

- clean or replace the external hydraulic module
filters, see procedure "BDM-007,
- drain the termoregulator.
F Verify that the valves (1) are open.

15- Open the distribution circuit valves on the
thermoregulator.
16- Fill the circuit with "LUB 38" oil via the thermoregulator.
17- Start the related thermoregulator(s)..
The mold body distribution circuit fills up.
F Check the oil level on the thermoregulator.
If necessary, top up the oil.
18- Purge the air in the circuit at the thermoregulator.
F Wait until the circuit has been completely purged.
Dispose of the contents of the drum and the tank in
accordance with applicable legislation.
SIDEL
Hydraulic circuit of the shell supports

Drainage
Part C
3/6
BDM-043
SBO 20/24
20- Close the distribution circuit valves on the

thermoregulator.
machine.
22- Close the valves (1 ; 2).
23- Connect the drain valves (3 ; 4) to the drain using the
specially designed hoses.
24- Open the drain valves (3 ; 4).
SIDEL
1-007351-03-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-043
4/6

machine.
30- Disconnect the drain valve (3).
31- Connect the drain valve (3) to an low pressure air hose.
6
1-010353-09-02.svg

The hydraulic circuit of the shell supports has been

drained. Work can now be carried out on the circuit.
Filling

machine.
39- Close the drain valve (3).
F Make sure that the drain valve (4) is open.
40- Open the distribution circuit valves on the
thermoregulator.
41- Open the valve (2) by a 1/3.
42- As soon as the lined has drained close the drain valve
(4).
43- Open the valve (2) fully.
1-010348-06-02.svg
SIDEL
BEFORE YOU FINISH
F Check for leaks.

Part C
5/6
BDM-043
SBO 20/24
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
BDM-043
6/6
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-045
GENERAL INFORMATION
machine.
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
1-006030-46-xx.svg
Parts
Consumables
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
3- Loosen and remove the shock absorber (1) from the
support (3).
Refit
5- Fit the new absorber (1) in the support (3) to obtain the
gap X = 10 mm between the body of the absorber (1) and
the thrust (4).
7- Make sure that the mislock detection system functions
correctly, see procedure "BNM-004 .
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
3
1
2
X
4
1-006573-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-045
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-046
MACHINE STATUS
- no bottles in the bottle outfeed,
procedure "BCU-012.
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
1-006580-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
2- Remove the bottle outfeed neck guides, see
procedure "BDM-048.
3- Remove the bottle outfeed body guides, see
procedure "BDM-049.
4- Remove the castle nut (1).
5- Remove the bottle outfeed wheel (2).
Refit
6- Clean the bottle outfeed wheel (2) using a clean dry cloth.
7- Position the bottle outfeed wheel (2).
8- Tighten the lock nut (1).
9- Fit
the
bottle
outfeed
body
guides,
see
procedure "BDM-049.
10- Fit
the
bottle
outfeed
neck
guides,
see
procedure "BDM-048.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
1-006576-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-046
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-047
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
1-006580-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
F Make sure that the transfer arm is not above the

retractable guide.
If necessary, rotate the machine or remove the
obstructing transfer arm, see procedure "BDM-024.
2- Remove the bolt (2).
3- Remove the bottle outfeed retractable guide (1).
Refit
4- Clean the bottle outfeed retractable guide (1) and the
Position the bottle outfeed retractable guide (1) using
the guide studs.
5- Fit the bottle outfeed retratcable guide (1) on its support
(3).
1
3
F Make sure that the bottle outfeed retractable guide is

securely fitted (1).
If necessary, fit the transfer arm head, see
procedure "BDM-024.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-006577-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
BDM-047
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-048
MACHINE STATUS
procedure "BCU-012.
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
1-006580-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
2- Loosen the cross-nuts (1 ; 2).
3- Remove the bottle outfeed neck guides (3) and the
supports (4).
If necessary, before refitting, change the bottle outfeed

body guides, see procedure "BDM-049.
Refit
4- Clean the columns (5) using a clean, dry cloth.
5- Clean the supports (4) and the bottle outfeed neck guides
The supports (4) must be resting on the column
flangings (5).
6- Position the bottle outfeed neck guide (3)/support (4)
assembly on the columns (5).
8- Make sure that the bottle outfeed neck guides (3) are
securely fitted.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
5
1-006578-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-048
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-049
MACHINE STATUS
procedure "BCU-012.
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
None
1-006580-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
2- Remove the locking nuts (1 ; 2).
3- Remove the bottle outfeed body guides (3) and the
supports (4).
Refit
4- Clean the columns (5) using a clean, dry cloth.
5- Clean the supports (4) and the bottle outfeed body guides
6- Position the bottle outfeed body guides (3) and the
supports (4).
8- Make sure that the bottle outfeed body guides (3) are
securely fitted.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
2
1-006578-02-xx.svg
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
BDM-049
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
BDM-050
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
- Standard holding bar (A), follow procedure "BDM-016".
- Thrust holding bar (B), follow procedure "BDM-050".
procedure "BSU-001.
Do not damage the mold shells.
1-006030-01-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- cold molds.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-007335-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- 1 compensation seal (8),
- 96 elastic rings (5).
Consumables
- cleaning agent "Net A04".
Specific tools
- 2 slings (9) supplied with the set of molds.
PROCEDURE
SIDEL
Removal
Part C
SBO 20/24

procedure "BCU-013.
procedure "BSU-001.
procedure "BSU-001.
5- Remove the mold base , see procedure "BDM-011.
6- Disconnect the hydraulic lines from the left shell support
BDM-050
2/4
10
1
1-006318-03-xx.svg
7- Remove the nuts (2) and the washers (3).

8- Remove the external boxes (4).
10- Remove the inner boxes (6).
11- Remove the left half-shell support (1) from the support
block (7).
12- Remove the compensation seal (8).
Refit
Never apply grease when fitting the compensation seal

(8).
2
2
7
1-007317-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
13- Remove the grease from the left half-shell support (1) and
the left support block (7) using a cloth dipped in cleaning
agent "NET A04".
14- Position the new seal (8) on the left half-shell support
(1).
15- Position the slings (9) to hold the seal (8) on the left half
shell support (1).
16- Position the left half-shell support (1) in the left support
block (7).
17- Position the inner boxes (6).
19- Position the outer boxes (4).
Part C
3/4
BDM-050
SBO 20/24

22- Remove the slings (9).
8
1

24- Reconnect the hydraulic lines to the left shell support
procedure "BSU-001.
If there is any resistance when closing the mold support
unit adjust the compensation system, see
procedure "BRM-023.
procedure "BSU-001.
position
using
the
JOG
system,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
28- Repeat as above from step 3 until you have replaced all
of the compensation seals and rings.
1-006320-01-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

29- Re-adjust
the
compensation
system,
see
procedure "BRM-023.
position using the JOG system.
31- Repeat as above from step 29 until you have set up all of
the mold suport units.
SIDEL
1-006458-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-050
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
BDM-063
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
During the warranty period only the "TORNADO"
solenoid valve assembly may be replaced.
The "TORNADO" exhaust solenoid valve and its
location are fitted with guides to prevent any inversion
of the "TORNADO" solenoid valves.
Never invert the pilots (upper part) of the "TORNADO"
solenoid valves. The pilots of the "TORNADO" solenoid
valves are specific to their operation.
1-006030-01-xx.svg

Ensure that no foreign bodies are allowed to enter the

"TORNADO" solenoid valve assembly or the nozzle
cylinder.
5
2
10
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
1-007421-01-xx.svg
Parts
- "TORNADO" solenoid valve (7).
Consumables
- Methylated spirit,
- "LUB a15" grease.
Specific tools
- 7 N.m torque wrench (not supplied).
PROCEDURE
SIDEL
Removal
Part C
SBO 20/24

procedure "BCU-013.

3- Remove the stretching rod , see procedure "BDM-026.
4- Block the orifice (1).
5- Disassemble the electrical connections (10) from the coils
(2).
6- Remove the union (3).
7- Disconnect the hoses (4 ; 5).
9- Remove the solenoid valves (7).
Refit
10- Clean the seatings (8) of the solenoid valves using a cloth
steeped in denaturated alcohol.
BDM-063
2/2
7
7
3
8
9
F Control the state of the seating surfaces (8) of the

solenoid valves.
1-007423-01-xx.svg
If grooving is present, replace the "TORNADO"

solenoid valve assembly, see procedure "BDM-002.
11- Grease the o-ring seals (9) using a cloth and "LUB A15"
grease.
12- Position the new solenoid valves (7).
14- Tighten the connector (3).
15- Reconnect the hoses (4 ; 5).
Always follow the references when connecting the

electrical connectors to the corresponding solenoid
valve functions.
The electrical connector references (10) commence
with:
- "PB" for the preblow solenoid.
- "E" for the exhaust solenoid.
- "B" for the blowing solenoid.
1-007422-01-xx.svg
Make sure the seals are on the electrical connectors

(10).
16- Fit the electrical connections to the coils (2).
17- Fit the stretching rod , see procedure "BDM-026.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
19- Test the "TORNADO" solenoid valves
cylinder , see procedure "BPU-006.
and the nozzle
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
BDM-069
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
regulations.
machine.
MACHINE STATUS
1-006030-18-xx.svg

- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
Consumables
None
Specific tools
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
Part C
SBO 20/24
Removal
Activate the low-pressure air in the set-up window of the
BDM-069

procedure "BCU-013.
2- Bring the stretching cylinder (2) onto the horizontal part
of the stretching cam (3) using the JOG system.
3- Loosen the check-nut (4).
4- Loosen the screw (5).
5- Loosen and remove the shock absorber (1) from the
support (6).
Refit
"J" represents the gap between the cam follower (8) and
the stretching cam (3).
2/2
X
J
F Check whether the gap (J) is J = 0,2 0,1 mm.

- If yes.
- If not.
Adjust the height of the stretching slide (7), see
procedure "BDM-014.
6- Fit the new absorber (1) in the support (6) to obtain the
gap X = 8,2 +0,4/0 mm between the body of the absorber
(1) and the thrust (9).
9
1-007314-01-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
Part C
1/2
BDM-072
SBO 20/24
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- flow rate limiter (6).
Consumables
- "LUB A15" grease.
Specific tools
- 7 N.m torque wrench (not supplied).
PROCEDURE
Removal
procedure "BCU-013.

345678-
Remove the bolt (1).

Remove the knob (2).
Loosen the bolt (3) but do not remove it.
Remove the position indicator (4).
Remove the fixing bolts (5).
Remove the flow rate limiter (6).
10
SIDEL
1-007425-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
Refit
9- Clean the axle (7) of the new flow rate limiter (6) using a
clean, dry cloth.
10- Clean the bore of the distribution block (8) using a clean,
dry cloth.
F Check the condition of the distribution block bore (8).
BDM-072
2/2
If grooving is present, replace the "TORNADO"

solenoid valve assembly, see procedure "BDM-002.
4
1-007424-01-xx.svg
11- Lubricate the distribution block bore (8) using "LUB

A15" grease.
12- Fit the new flow rate limiter (6).
14- Fit the position indicator (4) using the positioning pin (9).
15- Turn the position indicator (4) knob (10) to the "0,00"
value.
17- Fit the knob (2).
6
5
BEFORE YOU FINISH

19- Check the pre-blow
procedure "BPU-013.
flow
rate
setting,
see
SIDEL
1-007426-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/2
BDM-075
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
MACHINE STATUS
- thermoregulator - cold.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-005,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-001,
see
see
1-006030-03-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Drainage
machine.
3- Connect the drain valves (3 ; 4) to the drain using the
specially designed hoses.
4- Open the drain valves (3 ; 4).

SIDEL
3
1-007351-02-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-075
2/2

machine.
11- Connect the drain valve (3) to an low pressure air hose.
6
1-010353-09-02.svg
The drainage is now complete. Work can now be

carried out on the circuit.
Filling

machine.
19- Close the drain valve (3).
F Make sure that the drain valve (4) is open.
21- As soon as the lined has drained close the drain valve
(4).
22- Open the valve (1) fully.
1-010348-07-02.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
Part C
1/4
BDM-076
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
MACHINE STATUS
- oven cold,
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-005,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-001,
see
see
1-006030-03-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Drainage
SIDEL
1-007351-08-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-076
1- Close the oven water circuit general inlet.

machine.
4- Disconnect the water supply hoses from the connectors
(3 ; 4).
5- Connect the connector (4) to a sewer drain using an
appropriate hose.
6- Connect a low-pressure air supply hose to the Tconnector (3).
2/4

1-007485-02-xx.svg
The oven water circuit is open.

machine.
12- Open the valves (1 ; 2)
F Verify that valve (8) is open.
15- Disconnect the hoses .
SIDEL
1-010353-09-02.svg
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BDM-076
The oven water circuit is closed.

The drainage is now complete.
Work can now be carried out on the circuit.

Filling
machine.
19- Connect connector (3) to the water supply circuit.
21- Open the over water circuit general inlet.
The oven water circuit is open.

machine.
25- As soon as water flows out, close valve (2).
26- Connect the connector (4) to the water return circuit.
27- Open the valves (1 ; 2).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
The oven water circuit is closed.

1-010348-08-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-076
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/6
BDM-095
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Carry out part or all of the following procedure
depending on the required maintenance operation.
Fully reconditioning the spindles at 6 000 h is carried
out once only. for the second operation, contact
SIDEL to carry out a diagnostic on the general condition
of the spindle chain.
Visually identifying the type of spindles :
- Spindle (A), shaft and cylindrical support ring.
- Spindle (B), shaft and flattened support ring.
1-006030-21-xx.svg
The maintenance schedule varies according to the type

of spindle.
Type
Frequency
Spindle (A)
2 000 h / 6 000 h
Spindle (B)
6 000 h
The denominations "upper" and "lower" sprockets

designate the sprockets at the oven wheel with the
spindle tip pointing downwards.
B
1-010327-01-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
14
18
12
10
15
- oven cold.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
SIDEL
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- spring (4),
- support ring (5),
- bushings (11 ; 13),
- elastic rings (2).
Consumables
- cleaning agent NET A03.
1-010306-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-095
2/6
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush,
- outer elastic ring grip,
- bushing removal tool (9),
- expansible extractor (10),
- slide hammer (12),
- 12,9 mm drift (14),
- plastic mallet (15),
- 12 mm drift (18).
PROCEDURE
Replacing the spring and the support ring
Use a workbench when reconditioning the spindle
chain.
Removal
procedure "BCU-013.
2- Use the JOG system to bring the spindle up to your
working position, see procedure "BCU-013.
3- Remove the spindle tip (1), see procedure "BDM-012.
5- Remove the bayonet ring (3), spring (4) and support ring
(5).
6- Disassemble the various parts (3 ; 4 ; 5).
1-010305-01-xx.svg
Refit
Never grease the shaft (6), as it is lubricated by the selflubricating bushings.
7- Clean the bayonet ring (3) and the shaft (6) using a clean,
dry cloth.
For (B)-type spindles, position the support ring (5)
according to the flat sections on the shaft (6).
3
1-010304-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
8- Position the new support ring (5) on the shaft (6).

9- Position the new ring (4).
10- Position the bayonet ring (3).
12- Fit the spindle tip, see procedure "BDM-012.
13- If necessary, repeat as above from step 22 until you have
replaced all of the springs and rings.
Replacing the sleeve bushings
Part C
3/6
BDM-095
SBO 20/24
For this operation, you can remove the spindle chain in

sections of 10 links.
Removal
14- Use the JOG system to bring the spindle fitted with an
upper sprocket up to your working position, see
procedure "BCU-013.
15- Remove the link(s) (7) from the spindle chain, see
procedure "BDM-010.
16- Remove all of the sleeves (8) from the link(s) (7)
concerned.
17- Position the bushing removal tool (9) in the vice.
8
13
17
16
11
1-006193-02-xx.svg
18- Position the expansible extractor (10) under the bushing

(11) on the sleeve (8).
19- Position the expansible extractor (10)/sleeve (8)
assembly in the tool (9).
20- Fit the slide hammer (12) along with the expansible
extractor (10)/sleeve (8) assembly.
21- Remove the bushing (11) from the sleeve (8) using the
slide hammer (12).
10
11
8
SIDEL
1-010307-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
22- Remove the slide hammer (12) from the expansible

extractor (10).
23- Turn the sleeve over (8).
Part C
BDM-095
4/6
12
10
8
9
1-010308-01-xx.svg
24- Remove the second bush (13) using the 12,9 mm drift
(14) and the plastic mallet (15).
25- Repeat as above from step 18 until you have removed
all of the bushings (11 ; 13) from all of the sleeves (8).
Cleaning
Never clean parts from the spindle chain by soaking
them.
Never use excessive amounts of solvent in order to
preserve the lubrication on the bearings.
26- Clean the parts (7 ; 8 ; 16 ; 17) using a brush, a cloth and
the cleaning agent "NET A03".
1-010332-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Refit
27- Position the sleeve (8) in the bush removal tool (9).
28- Position the new bush (11) in the sleeve (8) using the 12
mm drift (18) and the plastic mallet (15).
29- Turn the sleeve over (8).
14
Part C
5/6
SBO 20/24
BDM-095
30- Position the second bush (13) in the sleeve (8) using the
12 mm drift (18) and the plastic mallet (15).
31- Repeat as above from step 27 until you have positioned
bushes (11 ; 13) in all of the sleeves (8).
32- Assemble the link(s) (7), see procedure "BDM-010.
33- Fit the link(s) (7) on the spindle chain, see
procedure "BDM-010.
F Check that the sprockets (16) engage on the spindle drive

chain.
34- Repeat as above from step 14 until you have replaced
all of the bushes (11 ; 13) in the sleeves (8) on the spindle
chain.
11
13
9
BEFORE YOU FINISH

36- Sign off the operation on the machine's worksheet.
SIDEL
1-010309-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-095
6/6
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDM-098
GENERAL INFORMATION
A full reconditioning of the nozzle cylinder distributer
must be carried out at 6 000 h. At 12 000 h, the nozzle
cylinder distributer must be replaced.
1-006757-01-xx.svg
The components (1 ; 2 ; 3) must be fitted correctly to

avoid serious malfunctions.
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power and utilities turned off,
procedure "BCU-012,
- nozzle
cylinder
distributer
removed,
procedure "BDM-036.
see
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- reconditioning kit (A).
Consumables
- light "LOCTITE 242" threadlock.
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush.
1-010569-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
1234567-
Remove the bolts (4).

Remove the solenoid valve (1).
Remove the end-plate (2).
Remove the seals (5 ; 6).
Clean the components using a clean dry cloth.
Position the seals (5 ; 6).
Fit the plate (2) and the solenoid valve (1).
12
11
10
SIDEL

threadlock.
10- Remove the end-plate (8).
11- Remove the shock absorber (9).
13- Clean the components using a clean dry cloth.
1-010570-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BDM-098
2/2
14- Position the seal (10) and the shock absorber (9) in the
plate (8).
Use the orifices in the body (3) to extract the drawer
(12).
16- Remove the tray (12).
Fit the drawer (12) in the correct direction so that you
can insert the spring (11) into the drawer.
17- Fit the tray (12).
18- Insert the spring (11).
19- Refit the plate (8).
threadlock.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
21- Fit the nozzle cylinder
procedure "BDM-036.
distributer
see
SIDEL
F Check that the nozzle cylnder distributer functions

properly when the machine starts.
Part C
1/2
BDM-106
SBO 20/24
MACHINE STATUS
- the machine is stopped, see procedure "BCU-006,
- PCC application (not) in Setting mode.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
- 2 silencers (1).
Consumables
None
Specific tools
None
1-006030-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
3- Unscrew and remove the silencers (1).
1-010742-01-xx.svg
Refit
4- Fit and tighten the silencers (1).
5- Repeat as above, from step 1 until you have replaced all
of the silencers (1).
BEFORE YOU FINISH

1
SIDEL
1-010738-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDM-106
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
BDM-107
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
For an intevention on several blow stations, use manual
rotation (and not the JOG) in order to protect the lowpressure air circuit.
1-006030-01-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- the machine is stopped, see procedure "BCU-006,

- PCC application (not) in Setting mode.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
- (7) solenoid valve .
Consumables
Specific tools
None
3
1-010738-02-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
work
station
using
manual
rotation,
see
procedure "BCU-014.
machine.
3- Remove the bolt (1).
4- Remove the electrical connector (2).
5- Disconnect the hoses (3 ; 4).
8- Hold the solenoid (7) and remove the screws (8).
9- Unscrew and remove the silencers (9).
10
SIDEL
1-010739-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BDM-107
2/2
Refit
F Check the condition and the position of the seals (12).

12- Fit and tighten the connector (10).
13- Fit and tighten the silencers (9).
14- Position the solenoid (7) on the holes (13) on the support
(11).
15- Hold the solenoid (7) and tighten the screws (8).
10
12
6
1-010740-01-xx.svg
16- Position the connector (6).

18- Reconnect the hoses (3 ; 4).
F Make sure that the seal (14) is in position on the electrical

connector (2).
19- Connect the electrical connector (2).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
13
11
1-010741-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part C
SBO 20/24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
.....................................................................................................
BRM-001
...................................................................................................
BRM-002
..................................................................................................
BRM-003
....................................................................................................
BRM-004

.......................................................................................
BRM-005
...................................................................................................
BRM-006
................................................................................................
BRM-007

....................................................................................................
BRM-008
..........................................................................................................
BRM-009

........................................................................................
BRM-010
................................................................................................................................
BRM-011
.........................................................................
BRM-012
..................................................................................................
BRM-013
...............................................................................................
BRM-015
................................................................................................
BRM-016
.................................................................................................
BRM-017
.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................................
BRM-018
BRM-021
BRM-022
........................................................................
BRM-023
.......................................................................................................
BRM-044
SIDEL
........................................................................
C - 1/2
Part C
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
C - 2/2
Part C
1/4
BRM-001
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / Adjustment procedure
GENERAL INFORMATION
If the same opening/closing lever is regularly misadjusted, do not tighten to the highest torque rather
check that the shaft and the various assembled parts
are correctly greased.
This procedure requires the presence of 2 technicians.
1-006030-37-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS

- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1
3
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- Unbolt the button (1) from the support (2).
3- Install the cam (3) in the upper part of the support (2).
4- Bolt the button (1).
SIDEL
5- Bring into position the lever (7) to be adjusted on the cam

(3) using manual rotation, see procedure "BCU-014.
1-008393-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BRM-001
2/4
Check that the station to be adjusted is in closed

position and locked out.
Warning - risk of burns.
6- Advance the roller (4) until opposite the mark (5) of the
cam
(3)
using
manual
rotation,
see
procedure "BCU-014.
7- Loosen the bolts on the expanding assembler (6)
crosswise but do not remove them.
In normal use the components of the expanding
assembler (6) come apart when the bolts are
unscrewed. If you have any difficulty releasing the parts
of the assembler (6) use the bolts M10 and the tappings
M10 located at the position of the white bolts (9).
8- Position the roller (4) into contact with the cam (3) and
align with mark (5).
F Make sure that the roller (4) rolls freely.

F Control play X < 0.05 mm between the roller (4) and the
cam (3).
F Check the gap Y = 0.05 mm between the connecting rod
(7) and the console (8).
9- Tighten up the bolts on the expanding assembler (6)
crosswise to a torque of 3,2 daN.m.
Tighten in crosswise fashion the bolts of the expanding
assembler (6) in the order indicated in the illustration
(A).
6
1-006671-02-xx.svg
Tightening up the expanding assembler (6) can modify

the gaps X and Y.
F Check that the follower (4) rolls freely.

F Check the gaps X and Y again.
If the gaps X and/or Y exceed tolerances go to step
7.
F Make sure that the bolts on the expanding assembler
(6) are not raised above the inner surface of the
connecting rod (7).
10- Unbolt the button (1) from the support (2).
12
8
5
4
9
10
3
6
2
7
11
SIDEL
1-006671-03-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BRM-001
11- Install the cam (3) in the lower part of the support (2).
12- Bolt the button (1).
procedure "BSU-001.
If the mold support unit is difficult to open reset the
gap Y.
2
X
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-008390-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-001
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
SBO 20/24
BRM-002
GENERAL INFORMATION

C
The reference transfer arm on a wheel is stamped with

the lowest number.
A bottle transfer arm inspection is carried out in (A).
1-006030-36-xx.svg
A preform transfer arm inspection is carried out in (B).

MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
14
13
1
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- dummy grip tooling (1),
- grip height tool (2),
- comparator (3) and column,
- guide pin (4).
1-010326-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
1- Connect the JOG
procedure "BCU-013.
to
the
work
zone,
see
SIDEL

Part C
SBO 20/24
BRM-002
Checking the height of the reference transfer arm

2- Remove the nozzle tip from the blowing station
corresponding to the reference transfer arm, see
procedure "BDM-025.
3- Remove the mold support unit corresponding to the
reference transfer arm, see procedure "BDM-011.
4- Remove the pair of grips (5) from the reference transfer
arm , see procedure "BDM-024.
5- Fit the dummy grip (1) on the reference transfer arm using
the 2 bolts (6 ; 7).
2/4
8
1-006521-01-xx.svg
6- Position the grip height tooling (2) on the shell support

(8) for the mold support unit corresponding to the
reference transfer arm.
- For the preform transfer arm.
Position the speed follower (9) at the marker
"FIN" engraved on the cam using the JOG
14
13
3
5
1-010329-01-xx.svg
F Check the gap "X" between the 2 tools across the length
of the dummy grip (1) using a set of thickness gauges.
- If the gap is correct.
Refit the pair of transfer grips, see
procedure "BDM-024.
- If the gap is not correct.
Adjust the height of the transfer arm .
Transfer arm Preforms (mm)
Transfer arm Bottles (mm)
X = 1 0,05
X = 0,7 0,05
Setting the height of the reference transfer arm

8- Tighten or loosen the shaft (11) to obtain the
measurement "X".
The height of the transfer arm is set.

10- Remove the grip height tool (2).
11- Remove the 2 bolts (6 ; 7).
12- Remove the dummy grip (1).
10
11
14
12
1-010259-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
The dummy grip (1) positions above the grip

height tool (2).
For a bottle transfer arm.
Position the speed follower (9) at the marker
"DEBUT" engraved on the cam using the JOG
The dummy grip (1) positions above the grip
height tool (2).
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BRM-002
F Make sure that the followers (9 ; 12) are centered on the

cam races (13).
- If they are not centered.
Set the position of the followers
, see
procedure "BDM-038.
13- Refit the pair of transfer grips, see procedure "BDM-024.
Checking the other transfer arms
14- Position the reference transfer arms (14) to (C) using the
JOG system, see procedure "BCU-013.
15- Position the pin (4) in the grip (5) on the reference transfer
arm (14).
16- Fit the comparator (3) and the column above the
reference transfer arm (14).
17- Position the sensor on the comparator (3) on the pin (4).
18- Position the needle on the comparator (3) on "0".
10
11
14
The comparator (3) must not move.

19- Fit the pin (4) in the transfer arm you wish to check.
20- Position the transfer arm under the comparator (3) using
the JOG system, see procedure "BCU-013.
F Check the position of the needle.

- If the needle is not at "0".
Adjust the height of the transfer arm .
- If the pin is on "0".
Repeat the previous steps, from step 14 until all
the transfer arms have been checked.
Setting the other transfer arms
23- Tighten or loosen the shaft (11) so that the needle on the
comparator (3) is at "0".
7
5
The transfer arm is at the same height as the reference

transfer arm.
The height of the transfer arm is set.

F Make sure that the followers (9 ; 12) are centered on the
cam races (13).
- If they are not centered.
Set the position of the followers
, see
procedure "BDM-038.
- If centring is correct.
Repeat the previous steps, from step 14 until all
the transfer arms have been checked.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL

26- Fit the nozzle tip , see procedure "BDM-025.
27- Fit the mold on the mold support unit, see
procedure "BDM-011.
12
9
1-010324-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-002
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BRM-003
GENERAL INFORMATION
The tension of the spindle chain needs to be set
correctly in order for the preforms to be conveyed
correctly through the oven.
The spindle chain tension is determined by the
compression of the spring (1) on the notched wheel
(3) plate (2).
1-006030-21-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
PROCEDURE
machine.
procedure "BCU-013.
3- Tighten or loosen the nut (4).
2
1-006525-01-xx.svg
The length of the washer and spring (1) assembly is 250

30 mm.
Use a pin spuller in the holes on the nut (4) to set the
tension on the spring (1) more easily.
F Check the settings for the oven spindle rotation

chains, see procedure "BRM-032.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
4- Rotate
the
machine
procedure "BCU-013.
using
the
JOG,
SIDEL
F Make sure that the spindle chain functions correctly.

see
1-006526-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-003
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
BRM-004
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
(P) is the meeting point between the preforms and the
spindles.
Check the general synchronization before attempting
any
individual
synchronization,
see
procedure "BNM-012.
Check the belt tensions, see procedure "BRM-008.

Check the torque limiters are in working position.
1-006030-47-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
PROCEDURE

procedure "BCU-013.
5- Load 3 preforms onto the infeed wheel (4).
6- Bring the preform up to the spindle tip (5) using the JOG
The preform is under the spindle tip (5).

7- Set the meeting point (P) manually.
3
1-006084-06-xx.svg
SIDEL
1-006527-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
F Check the synchronization on the next two preforms.

- If the synchronization is out.
Go to step 2.
10- Rotate
the
machine
using
the
JOG,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
The preforms are cleared.
Part C
BRM-004
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006100-02-xx.svg
Part C
1/4
SBO 20/24
BRM-005
GENERAL INFORMATION
(P) is the meeting point between the preforms with the
grips on the preform transfer arms (4).
Do not confuse point (P) and the synchronization

marker "SYNCHRO" (12) engraved on the transfer
cam.
1-006030-38-xx.svg

any
individual
synchronization,
see
procedure "BNM-012.
11
1-010326-02-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- oven wheel dummy sector tool (2),
- guide pin (3).
5
1-006528-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
Part C
SBO 20/24

machine.
2- Remove the oven outfeed guide
, see
procedure "BDM-028.
3- Remove one of the infeed wheel sectors on the oven
wheel, see procedure "BDM-023.
4- Fit the dummy oven wheel sector (2) using the bolts (5).
5- Remove the grip from the preform transfer arm (4) which
corresponds to approximately 1 spindle from the bore on
the oven wheel sector (2), see procedure "BDM-024.
6- Fit the dummy grip (1) on the transfer arm (4).
7- Remove the preform transfer wheel/oven wheel
transmission belt (9).
8- Loosen, but do not remove, the 3 fixing bolts (6) on the
fine setting plate (10).
BRM-005
4
2/4
1-010325-01-xx.svg
10
Setting the tension of a belt will change the angular

position of the synchronized elements.
14- Position and set the oven wheel/preform transfer wheel
transmission belt (9), see procedure "BRM-008.
16- Adjust the alignment of the bore on the dummy oven
wheel sector (2) with the bore on the dummy grip (1) using
the bolts (8) on the fine setting plate (10).
17- Insert the pin (3) in the 2 bores on the tools (1) and (2).
F Make sure that the pin (3) is not obstructed.

- The pin (3) is not obstructed.
Repeat steps 16 to 17 .
18- Tighten the bolts (6) on the fine setting plate (10).
19- Tighten up the check nuts (7).
The setting position is locked.
20- Remove the pin (3).
21- Remove the dummy sector on the oven wheel (2) using
the bolts (5).
22- Fit the oven wheel infeed wheel using the bolts (5), see
procedure "BDM-023.
23- Fit the oven outfeed guide, see procedure "BDM-028.
24- Bring the transfer arm (4) around to the working position
using
the
manual
rotation
system,
see
procedure "BCU-014.
1-006346-02-xx.svg
11
12
1-006756-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
9- Loosen the counter nuts (7) but do not remove them.

10- Position the bolts (6) in the middle of the oblong slots on
the fine setting plate (10) using the bolts (8).
12- Bring the roller (11) on the transfer arm (4) along to the
synchronization marker "SYNCHRO"(12) on the transfer
cam using the manual rotation system, see
procedure "BCU-014.
13- Manually line up the bore on the dummy oven wheel
sector (2) with the bore on the dummy grip (1).
Part C
3/4
BRM-005
SBO 20/24

26- Fit the transfer grip , see procedure "BDM-024.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
F Check the synchronization of the machine before starting

SBO 20/24
BRM-005
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog /
1/4
BRM-006
GENERAL INFORMATION
any
individual
synchronization,
see
procedure "BNM-012.

Check the centering of the nozzle cylinders, see
procedure "BDM-015.
1-006030-50-xx.svg

(P) is the meeting point of items with the transfer grips.
1-010238-01-xx.svg

the lowest number.
- the second technician checks the positions of the
meeting points.
SIDEL
1-010326-05-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-006
2/4
To ensure correct synchronization:

- the dummy stretching rod (3) should slide freely
through the guide ring (2) on the dummy grip (1),
- the reference transfer arm speed roller (9) should
position on the reference marking "DEBUT" on the
transfer cam (7).
3
1-010262-01-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
7
1-008638-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- ring for dummy arm-head (2),
- 3 preforms which have been cut shorter.

machine.
2- Remove the pair of grips from the reference transfer arm
, see procedure "BDM-024.
3- Fit the dummy grip (1) on the transfer arm .
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
SBO 20/24
3/4
BRM-006
4- Fit the ring (2) on the false grip (1).

5- Remove the stretching rod on the blowing station no.1.
6- Remove the nozzle tip from blowing station n1, see
procedure "BDM-025.
Make sure that the stretching and nozzle cylinders are
in the raised position.
7- Bring blowing station no.1 around using the manual
rotation system, see procedure "BCU-014.
5
1-006367-02-xx.svg
8
7
SIDEL
The mold shaft on blowing station no.1 is lined up with

marker "RDS" on the transfer cam (7).
8- Loosen the 3 fixing bolts (4) on the synchronization device
.
The transfer wheel (8) has an angle of clearance.
11- Place the dummy stretching rod (3) in the ring (2).
- If a bolt (4 ; 6) is up against the edge.
Remove the dummy stretching rod (3).
Shift the corresponding belt by one notch.
Set
the
tension
of
the
belt,
see
procedure "BRM-008.
12- Set the position of the transfer wheel using the fine
setting bolts (6) on the synchronization device.
The dummy stretching rod (3) should slide freely in the
ring (2).
21- Insert the 3 cut preforms into the molds, before the
meeting point.
1-006369-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-006
4/4

F Check the synchronization using the manual rotation

Setting can then be optimised. At normal production
speeds, the play and the inertia of the parts can change
the settings.
7
BEFORE YOU FINISH

1-006368-02-xx.svg
SIDEL

SBO 20/24
1/4
BRM-007
GENERAL INFORMATION
any
individual
synchronization,
see
procedure "BNM-012.

1-006030-29-xx.svg
Check the centering of the nozzle cylinders, see

procedure "BDM-015.

(P) is the meeting point of items with the transfer grips.
the lowest number.
meeting points.
1-010238-01-xx.svg
To ensure correct synchronization:

- the dummy stretching rod (3) should slide freely
through the guide ring (1) on the dummy grip (2),
- the reference transfer arm speed roller (10) should
position on the reference marking "FIN" on the
transfer cam (8).
MACHINE STATUS
SIDEL

- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
10
8
1-008637-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-007
2/4
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- ring for dummy arm-head (2),
- 3 preforms which have been cut shorter.
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- Remove the pair of grips from the reference transfer arm
, see procedure "BDM-024.
3- Fit the dummy grip (1) on the transfer arm .
4- Fit the ring (2) on the false grip (1).

5- Remove the stretching rod on the blowing station no.
1, see procedure "BDM-026.
6- Remove the nozzle tip from blowing station n1, see
procedure "BDM-025.
Make sure that the stretching and nozzle cylinders are

in the raised position.
7- Bring blowing station no.1 around using the manual

The mold shaft on blowing station no.1 is lined up with

marker "RDS" on the transfer cam (8).
8- Loosen the 3 fixing bolts (4) on the synchronization device
(5).
The transfer wheel (9) has an angle of clearance.
11- Place the dummy stretching rod (3) in the ring (2).
- If a bolt (4 ; 7) is up against the edge.
Remove the dummy stretching rod (3).
Shift the corresponding belt by one notch.
Set
the
tension
of
the
belt,
see
procedure "BRM-008.
6
1-006367-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
1-006368-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
3/4
BRM-007
the reference transfer arm speed roller (11) should

position on the reference marking "RDS" on the transfer
cam (8).
12- Set the position of the transfer wheel (9) using the fine
setting bolts (7) on the synchronization device.
The dummy stretching rod (3) should slide freely in the

ring (2).
10
8
1-010326-04-xx.svg

21- Insert the cut preforms 3 in the transfer grips, before the
meeting point.

1-006369-01-xx.svg
F Check the synchronization using the manual rotation

Setting can then be optimised. At normal production
speeds, the play and the inertia of the parts can change
the settings.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

11
SIDEL
1-010262-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-007
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
SBO 20/24
BRM-008
1/2
GENERAL INFORMATION
If the belts lose their tension regularly after the
commissioning period check the settings and
conditions of the various mechanical parts and replace
the belt if necessary.
Never adjust the setting bolts (1) for the tensioner (2)
positions.
Check new belts after several hours of production.
1-006580-02-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power

procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- frequency meter (3) and instructions for use.
PROCEDURE
Tension (Hz)
Blow wheel notched belt
30 +/-1
Preform transfer notched belt
31 +/-2
Oven wheel notched belt, SBO 16 /

16
20
20
24
23,6
+1,4/-1,6
18,2
+0,8/-1,2
21,2
+0,8/-1,2
16,4
+0,6/-0,7
Infeed wheel notched belt
77 +/-4
Not present with the Combi connection module (option)
SIDEL
Belt type
8
12
6
7
1-007487-05-xx.svg

machine.
Referenc
e
13
SBO 20/24
Referenc
e
Belt type
Tension (Hz)
Bottle transfer wheel notched belt
25 +/-1
12
Bottle outfeed belt (option)*

Notched fast unloading
(option)
16 +/-1
13
3- If need be, remove

procedure "BCU-036.
the
belt
Part C
BRM-008
2/2
70 +/- 3
electrical
unit,
see
To check the belt tensions with the frequency meter,

make the belts vibrate by tapping them with a flat
wrench.
F Check the belt tensions using the frequency meter (3) at

the position indicated.
- If the tension is correct.
Go to step 14
6- Set the tension of the belt using the tensioner (2)
adjustment bolt (11).
9- Repeat steps 4 to 8 until you have set the tensions on
all of the belts.
The belt tensions are now set.
11- Rotate
the
machine
using
the
JOG,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
F Check the belt tensions using the frequency meter (3) at
the position indicated.
- If the tension is incorrect.
13- Fit the electrical unit, see procedure "BCU-036.
3
1-006530-01-xx.svg
2
9
11
10
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-006532-01-xx.svg

SIDEL
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BRM-009
GENERAL INFORMATION
Set the bottom stretching thrusts (1) following a change
to the production item.
Never run the machine if any of the bottom thrusts (1)
have not been set.
1-006030-01-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1
2
3
1-006200-02-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
being carried out,
- comparator and the magnetic support.
PROCEDURE
procedure "BCU-013.
SIDEL

1-006372-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BRM-009
2/2

4- Screw the stretching bottom thrust (1) fully into the thrust
(3).
5- Measure the thickness (E) of the bottom of the preform at
the injection point.
The stretching cylinder (4) is no longer blocked in the upposition and the rod can slide freely.
The indicator (6) indicates the pressure remaining in the
cyclinder.
7- Lower the slide (7) manually.
The stretching rod (8) is in contact with the bottom of the

mold.
8- Position the conparator under the slide (7).
The adjustment of the distance "X" between the
stretching pin (8) and the base of the mold is process
function:
- X = 2/3 of the thickness (E) of the preform for items
containing a non gaseous liquid.
- X = the thickness (E) of the preform for items
containing a CSD (Carbonated Soft Drink) liquid.
- X = 1 mm for machines fitted with the scavenging
system (option).
9- Adjust the position of the lower stretch stop (1), to raise

the slide (7) of "X" depending on the process.
1-006371-01-xx.svg
The distance between the stretching rod (8) and the

mold base is theoretical and may vary according to the
production process.
10- Keep the stretching bottom thrust (1) in position and
tighten up the counter nut (2).
11- Note the bottom stretching thrust (1) to be used with this
mold on the station.
12- If necessary, repeat the previous steps from step 2 until
complete adjustment of the lower stretch stop assembly
(1).
7
1
8
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006373-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/4
SBO 20/24
BRM-010
GENERAL INFORMATION
The inner and
simultaneously.
outer
cooling
shields
are
set
This procedure is a base for settings. Settings for the

cooling shields will be refined depending on the process
and the articles to be produced.
1-006030-09-xx.svg
Settings base for cooling shields and lamps:

- for preforms with non-crystalized neck, See
Illustration (A),
- for preforms with crystalized neck, See Illustration
(B).
3
2
MACHINE STATUS
- oven cold,
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
1-006075-02-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- mirror (1),
being carried out.
1-006076-02-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Setting the inner cooling shield
machine.
To faciltate tightening, the handles (2 ; 8 ; 10 ; 13) can
be disengaged.
SIDEL

elements (2 ; 8 ; 10 ; 13) may vary visually but their
functions remain the same.
4- Position 3 preforms (P) on the spindle chain opposite at
each end and in the middle of the inner cooling shield
(4).
P
1-006183-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BRM-010
2/4

6- Set the distance of the cooling shield (4) from the preform
bodies (P) using the screws (6) in order to obtain a value
of approx. 1,5 mm.
F Check the gap for each of the preforms (P) using a ruler
and a mirror (1).
5
6
4
1-006184-01-xx.svg
Setting the outer cooling shield

Depending on the setting to be done, it may be
necessary to temporarily remove the preforms (P).
4
P
7- Set the height of the external cooling shield (7) relative to

the preform neck-rings (P) using the handles (8) and grip
nuts (9), as in Illustration (A) or (B), so as to obtain a value
of approx. 1,5 mm.
8- Set the gap between the external cooling shield (7) and
the preform bodies (P) using the handles (10) and screws
(11) so as to obtain a value of approx. 1,5 mm.
1-006185-02-xx.svg
F Check the gap for each of the preforms (P) using a ruler
and a mirror (1).
10- Set the height of the rack (3) using the handles (13) and
grip nuts (12):
- in Case (A),
relative to the external cooling shield (7).
- in Case (B),
relative to the preform neck-rings (P).
SIDEL
1-008445-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
SBO 20/24
BRM-010
11- Set the gap between the rack (3) and the external cooling
shield (7) as in Illustration (A) or (B), using the handles
(2) and screws (14).
16- Repeat steps 1 to 15 , to set all of the outer (7) and inner
(4) cooling shields.
2
3
BEFORE YOU FINISH

1-008444-01-xx.svg
11
10
14
13
12
SIDEL
1-008443-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-010
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BRM-011
GENERAL INFORMATION
First carry out the following operations:
- check that the upstream block fitted corresponds to
the type of preforms in production. If necessary
replace the up-circuit infeed block, see
procedure "BDM-018,
- check that the downstream block fitted corresponds
to the type of preforms in production. If necessary,
replace
the
downstream
block,
see
procedure "BDM-019,
- set the unscrambler roller assembly
, see
procedure "BRM-013,
- set the stabilization rail assembly
, see
procedure "BRM-017.
1-007021-23-xx.svg
One turn of the knob (4) in the clockwise direction

separates rails (2 ; 3) by 1 mm.
Do the settings on the upper and lower sections of the
infeed rail simultaneously.
MACHINE STATUS

procedure "BCU-012.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
being carried out,
5
1-006533-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
SIDEL
1- If necessary, open the cover(s)in the infeed rail.

Setting the gap between the rails
3- Spread the rails (2 ; 3) using the knobs (4).
4- Pass the preforms (5) through the infeed rail gate and
position them on the rails (2 ; 3).
5- Turn the knobs (4) to adjust the rails (2 ; 3) until they come
into contact with the preforms below the necks.
6- Set the gap X between the rails (2 ; 3) by turning the knobs
(4).
X = under the preform necks + 0,8 mm.
4
1-006534-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BRM-011
2/2
The gap X must be constant along the entire length of

the infeed rail.
Setting the body-guides (6)
The rails (2 ; 3) must be set.
9- Set the gap Y on the set of guides (6) using the adjustment
knobs (7) and the counter-nuts (8).
Y = preform + 2 mm.
The gap Y must be constant along the entire length of

the infeed rail.
8
Y
1-006533-03-xx.svg
10- Set the height L of the guides (6) using the adjustment
knobs(7).
L = 3/4 L1.
Setting the rim guide (9)
L1
The rails (2 ; 3) must be set.
6
1-006533-04-xx.svg
12- Set the height of the gap Z between the rim guide (9) and
the preforms using the knurled rings (10).
Z = 2 mm.
The gap Z must be constant along the entire length of

the infeed rail.
10
BEFORE YOU FINISH

14- If necessary, close the cover(s) on the infeed rail.
F Observe how the preforms move in production.

5
1-006539-02-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part C
1/4
BRM-012
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The braking system is forced open pneumatically and
then closes when air is expelled.
- The first technician presses the push-button (4) to
open the brake,
- The second technician sets the position of the
friction pads (2 ; 3).
1-006030-17-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- latex gloves.
Specific tools
- spring puller .
1-006094-03-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
machine.
3- Remove the fixing bolts from the cover plate (6).
Wear latex gloves.
SIDEL
F Check the condition of the brake pads (2 ; 3) visually.

Replace the pads if they have become soiled by
grease or oil, see procedure "BDM-033.
F Check the thickness of the brake pads (2 ; 3).
If the thickness of the brake pads (2 ; 3) is less than
7 mm replace them, see procedure "BDM-033.
1-006603-05-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BRM-012
2/4
8- Remove the spring (10) using the spring puller.

6

pressed in.

10- The second technician loosens the nuts (11).
11- Set the adjustment screw (12) to obtain a gap of 0,5
+0,1/0 mm between the friction pad (2) and the disc (13).
1-007075-02-xx.svg
12- Tighten the nuts (11).

14- Loosen the screw (15).
15- Tighten of loosen the screw (16) to obtain a gap of 0,5
+0,1/0 mm between the friction pad (3) and the disc (13).
7
8
9

18- Tighten or loosen the screws (17) to line up the friction
pads (2 ; 3) with regard to the disc (13).
When the second technician gives the order, the first
13
19- Loosen the screw (18) but do not remove it.

20- Position the cam (19) so that it is in contact with the sensor
(20).
1-006202-02-xx.svg
The sensor (20) should detect the cam (19) when the
brake is closed.
22- Position the spring (10) using the spring puller.
F Make sure that the brake disc is clean (13).

Clean the disc (13) if necessary,
procedure "BNM-009.
23- Fit the covers (8 ; 9) with the screws (7).
25- Tighen up the fixing bolts on the cover plate (6).
14
16
10
12
15
see
2
3
11
SIDEL
1-006374-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
BRM-012
SBO 20/24
18
BEFORE YOU FINISH
F Check the gap between the friction pads (2 ; 3) and the

brake disc (13), see procedure "BNM-009.
3
10
17
19
20
13
3
17
SIDEL
1-006093-03-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-012
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
BRM-013
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Check that the upstream block fitted corresponds to the
type of preforms to be produced. If necessary replace
the up-circuit infeed block, see procedure "BDM-018.
1-007021-27-xx.svg
Before making any custom settings, make sure that the

initial settings are correct:
- = 12 between the unscrambler rollers (1) and the
horizontal.
The unscrambler rollers (1) setting modifies the

following:
- the belt tensions on models not equipped with
automatic tensioners,
- the settings of the body-guide wires (2),
- the settings of the deflectors (3).
1-010447-01-xx.svg
The intermediate bearings are fitted free and adjust

automatically when the gap between the unscrambler
rollers is being set.
The figures used for this procedure are theoretical
values. These settings will need to be adjusted
according to the characteristics and the performance of
the preforms in production.

regulations.
SIDEL
1-006540-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BRM-013
2/4
MACHINE STATUS
procedure "BCU-012,
- feeder cleared of preforms, see procedure "BCU-017.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
being carried out.
1-008966-04-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
machine.
Depending on the feeder model, the unsrambler roller
assembly is fitted with either an automatic or a manual
(A ; B) tensioner. The automatic tensioners do not
require any particular adjustments.
2- If there is a tensioner (A) or (B), loosen the transmission
belt.
Setting the unscrambler rollers (1)

3- If necessary, spread the covers (4) downstream from the
rollers (1) as far apart as possible.
4- Position 10 preforms in the unscrambler rollers (1).
1-008939-05-xx.svg
5
4
The rollers (1) must be slightly further apart at the top.

5- Set the gap X between the rollers (1) using the knobs
(6).
1-010445-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
In the zone downstream (1) from the unscrambler

rollers, X = preform neck ring - 2 mm.
In the zone upstream from the rollers (1), X = preform
neck ring - 1 mm.
Part C
3/4
BRM-013
SBO 20/24
F Check for the correct positioning of the preforms, with no

obstruction, between the rollers (1).
- If the preforms are not positioned correctly between
the unscrambler rollers (1).
Repeat the stages above, from step 5 , to adjust
the settings of the rollers (1) depending on the
characteristics of the preforms.
6- If necessary, position the covers (4) as close as possible
to the rollers (1) without coming into contact.
7- Tighten the knobs (5).
3
14
6
6
7
1-010446-01-xx.svg
Setting the body-guide wires (2)

The body-guide wires help to stabilize the preforms in
the unscrambler rollers.
1
2
The body-guide wires can be spread to the maximum

in the presence of short-bodied preforms.
8- Position 10 preforms in the unscrambler rollers (1).
9- Remove the gate (7) to access the body-guide wires (2).
In the zone upstream from the rollers (1) :
10- Unscrew the nuts (8) (but do not remove) to loosen the
wires (2).
In the zone downstream (1) from the unscrambler rollers :
( see illustration (C) or (D) depending on the model )
12
11
13
8
1-006376-02-xx.svg
12- Set the vertical position of the supports (10).
The body-guide wires are positioned at 3/4 of the length

of the preform bodies (below the neck).
13- Fit the bolts (9).
14- Set the horizontal position of the supports (10).
The body-guide wires are run 1 mm along each side of
the preform bodies.
In the zone upstream from the rollers (1) :
SIDEL
17- Set the horzontal and vertical positions of the supports

(12).
10
10
1-010448-01-xx.svg
The body-guide wires are positioned at 3/4 of the length

of the preform bodies (below the neck).
The body-guide wires are run 1 mm along each side of
the preform bodies.
19- Set the position of the tensioner rings (13) using the nuts
(8), to tension the body-guide wires (2).
21- Fit the gate (7).
10
1-010449-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BRM-013
4/4
F Check for the correct positioning of the preforms, with no

obstruction, between the rollers (1).
- If the preforms are not positioned correctly between
the unscrambler rollers (1).
Increase slightly the gap between the body-guide
wires(2).
Setting the deflectors (3)
Upstream, the deflectors do not require any specific
adjustment. Downstream, the deflectors are generally
parallel to the unscrambler rollers or slightly tighter to
help in correctly positioning the preforms. The spread
of the deflectors must be greater than the total length of
the preform to prevent them from blocking.
22- Set the spread of the deflectors (3) using the button(s)
(14).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
24- If there is a tensioner (A) or (B), set the tension of the
unscrambler
roller
transmission
belt,
see
procedure "BRM-008.
25- Set the gap for the stabilization rail assembly, see
procedure "BRM-017.
unobstructed.
SIDEL

Part C
1/4
BRM-015
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The conveyor belts that need to be set are located as
follows:
- at the preform elevator (1),
- under the unscrambler roller assembly (2),
- under the hopper (3).
1-006030-44-xx.svg
The form of the drums and the tension settings ensure

that the conveyor belt is guided correctly. The motor
drums are located in zones (A) and the return drums in
zones (B). The adjustment screws (6 ; 7) of the drums
are accessible with the cover panels.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-002,
- preform feeder switched off.
see
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- raised platform for workng at heights.
PROCEDURE
The setting procedure is identical for all of the preform
feeder conveyor belts.
SIDEL
B
1-006699-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
The setting for the conveyor belt should eliminate:

- motor drum slipping,
- flapping at a slack belt section .
1- Remove the cover panels to check the tension of the slack
sections of the belts during the setting procedure.
BRM-015
2/4
1-006546-01-xx.svg
2- Tighten or loosen the adjustment screws (6) on the return

drums (B) to set the tension of the conveyor belts.
3- Fit the cover panels.
Centering the conveyor belts
If necessary, use the access platform to reach the
adjustment screws (7) for the motor drums (A).
7
1-006509-02-xx.svg
To center the conveyor belts, accessing work zones

(A) or (B) will allow you to visually observe their
movements.
SIDEL
1-010353-19-02.svg
Part C
3/4
BRM-015
SBO 20/24
6- Press the key for zone (D) corresponding to the conveyor

belt to be adjusted.

7- Enter
the
minimum
setpoint
value,
see
procedure "BCU-025.
8- Press the key for zone (E) corresponding to the conveyor
belt to be adjusted.
The conveyor belt needing to be adjused has been
selected.
activated.
1-010351-08-02.svg
The conveyor belt to be set must be running.

The buttons (10 ; 11) located on the unscrambler roller
unit frame have the same function ast the "Preform
elevator start/stop" key on the lower display bar of the
PCC. The keys (10 ; 11) allow the user to start and stop
the various components of the unscrambler rollers
selected in the "Feeder test" window in order to observe
their performance in contact with the preforms.

10- Tighten or loosen the bolts (6 ; 7) to center the conveyor
belt on the drums.
11- Press the key for the zone (E) corresponding to the belt
being adjusted.
The adjusted belt stops.
12- Repeat the steps above from step 6 until all of the
conveyor belts have been centered.
1-006704-03-xx.svg
11
10
BEFORE YOU FINISH
F Observe the movement of the belts in production.

SIDEL
1-006375-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-015
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BRM-016
GENERAL INFORMATION
First adjust the stabilization rail assembly, see
procedure "BRM-017.
Set the height of the unscrambler unit when setting up
the machine for a new production item.
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
1-007021-05-xx.svg
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
being carried out.
PROCEDURE
machine.
In production, the preforms must not be obstructed

between the vanes on the unscrambler (1) and the rim
guide (3).
3- Position the unscrambler (1) as close as possible to the

infeed rim guide (3).
Maintain an angle of 60 between the axis of the vanes

on the unscrambler and the axis of the preform
movement.
Only preforms which are laid flat or in the correct

position should pass under the unscrambler vanes . Any other position will cause the preform to be ejected by the uncramb
4- Set the height of the unscrambler (1) using the upper nut
(2).
F Check the movement of a preform laid flat under the

unscrambler vanes (1).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
F Check the unscrambler in production.

1-010461-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-016
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/6
BRM-017
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
1-007021-24-xx.svg
First carry out the settings on the unscrambler roller

assembly, see procedure "BRM-013.
1-010447-02-xx.svg
Before making any custom settings, make sure that the

initial settings are correct:
- = 15 between the stabilization rail (1) and the
horizontal,
- X = 1 mm between the preform contact point on the
unscrambler rollers (2) and the top of the under-neck
guides (3),
- Y = 0,5 mm between the unscrambler rollers (2) and
the under-neck guide (3),
- the axis of the stabilisation rail lined up with the axis
of the unscrambler rollers.
The angle may be different for specific preforms.
SIDEL
1-010450-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
The settings of the under-neck guides (3) modifies the

following:
- the setting of the neck guides (4),
- the settings of the neck guides(5),
- the settings of the rim guides (6 ; 7).
Part C
BRM-017
2/6

regulations.
A
1-010451-01-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
procedure "BCU-012,
- up-circuit infeed block fitted, see procedure "BDM-018.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
being carried out.
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- Remove the covers (8) upstream from the stabilization rail
(1) (if present).
Setting the under-neck guides (3)
9
8
SIDEL
1-010445-02-xx.svg
Part C
3/6
BRM-017
SBO 20/24
3- Unscrew the knobs (10) but do not remove the them.
10
1-010455-01-xx.svg
4- Unscrew the knobs (11) down from each side of the

under-neck guides (3) but do not remove them.
3
11
1-010453-01-xx.svg
5- Unscrew the fasteners (12) upstream from each side of

the stabilization rail (1) but do not remove them.
6- Place a few preforms in between the under-neck guides
(3).
12
5
The stabilization rail (1) is equipped with a type-(D) or

type-(E) adjustment system.
16
5
12
SIDEL
1-010452-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
7- Unscrew the fastener(s) (13 ; 14) but do not remove

them.
Part C
BRM-017
4/6
15
4
13
14
1-010454-01-xx.svg
8- Set the gap (A) between the under-neck guides (3) using
the bolts (14).
A = under the preform necks + 0,5 mm.
The setting should be identical for each of the underneck guides, such that the axis of the stabilization rail
(1) remains lined up with the axis of the unscrambler
rollers (2).
9- Tighten the fasteners (13 ; 14).
10- Tighten the fasteners (12).
11- Tighten the knobs (10 ; 11).
Setting the body-guides (4)
14
In production, if there is an excessive accumulation of

preforms, the body guides (4) can be spread to the
maximum.
1-010456-01-xx.svg
12- Position 1 preform bewteen the under-neck guides(3).

13- Set the gap (B) on the body-guides (4) using the knobs
(15).
B = under the preform necks + 2 mm.
The gap between the body-guides (4) must be set using

both of the knobs (15) located along each side of the
guides (4).
3
15
4
SIDEL
1-010459-01-xx.svg
Part C
5/6
BRM-017
SBO 20/24
The setting must be identical for each of the knobs

(15) such that the axis of the body-guides (4) remains
lined up with the axis of the stabilization rail (1).
C
5
The gap (B) must be constant along the length of the

body-guides (4).
16
Setting the neck-guides (5)

14- Position 1 preform bewteen the under-neck guides(3).
3
4
B
1-010565-01-xx.svg
15- Unscrew the screws (16) along each body-guide (3) but
do not remove them.
16- Set the gap (C) on the body-guides (5) with regard to the
preform neck ring.
C = preform neck ring + 2 mm.

Setting the rim guides (6 ; 7)
19- Set the support (18) so that the axis of the rim guides (6 ;
7) remains lined up with the axis of the unscrambler rollers
(2).
21- Unscrew the fasteners (19 ; 20) along the infeed rim guide
(6).
22- Unscrew the fasteners (21 ; 22) along the outfeed rim
guide (7).
21 ; 22
The longitudinal position of the outfeed rim guide (7) is

determined by the elements located downstream.
SIDEL
23- Set the longitudinal position of the infeed rim guide (6) so
that it is in contact with the outfeed rim guide (7).
24- Lay a preform down on the infeed rim guide (6).
25- Set the minimum height of the guide with regard to the
preform using the knobs (19).
The laid-down preform must pass freely under the rim

guide (6).
27- Position a preform under the outfeed rim guide (7).
28- Set the minimum height of the guide with regard to the rim
on the preform using the knobs (21).
The preform must pass freely under the rim guide (7).
30- Lay a preform down on the infeed rim guide (6).
31- Push the laid-down preform along manually up to the
outfeed rim guide (7).
17
24
19 ; 20
17
18
16
15
1-010561-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BRM-017
6/6
F Check that the laid-down preform is stopped by the

outfeed rim guide (7).
- If the preform passes freely under the outfeed rim
guide (7).
Setting the stop-pin (23)
33- Bring the stop-pin out manually (23).
34- Position a preform near the stop-pin (23).
The stop-pin (23) must not extend past the preform
movement axis.
35- Set the position of the stop-pin (23) using the screws
(25).
36- Fit the casing (24).
25
BEFORE YOU FINISH

37- Set the unscrambler, see procedure "BRM-016.
38- Refit the covers (8) using the knobs (9) (if present).
40- Set the gap on the infeed rail
, see
procedure "BRM-011.
23
1-010464-01-xx.svg

unobstructed.
SIDEL

Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BRM-018
GENERAL INFORMATION
(P) is the meeting point of the bottles between the

transfer grips (1) and the bottle outfeed wheel (2).
any
individual
synchronization,
see
procedure "BNM-012.
1-006580-08-xx.svg

meeting points.
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- Untighten, without removing, the 3 fastenings (3) of the
synchronization device.
3- Fit 3 bottles (4) in 3 transfer grips (1).
4- Bring the roller (6) using the manual rotation system, see
procedure "BCU-014.
1-006581-01-xx.svg
The roller (6) on the first transfer grip is lined up with the
marker "SORTIE" (7) on the bottle transfer wheel (5).
5- Set the meeting point (P) between the bottle (4) with the
notches (8) on the bottle outfeed wheel (2) manually.
SIDEL
1-006579-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
6- Tighten the fixing bolts (3) on the synchronization device.

7- Check the synchronization on the 3 following bottles (4)
by turning the bottle transfer wheel (5) using the manual
8- Remove the 3 bottles (4).
BRM-018
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006582-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/4
BRM-021
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
- Standard holding bar (A), follow procedure "BRM-021".
- Thrust holding bar (B), follow procedure "BRM-023".
procedure "BSU-001.
and pressure.
1-006030-01-xx.svg

stipulated risks.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- 4 thickness gauges 0,15 mm,
- locking system holding brace .
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
1-007335-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BRM-021
3
1;2

1- Remove the mold base
procedure "BDM-011.
2/4
on the station concerned, see
Check the gap Y = 0,15 +0,1/+0 mm at points (10)

between the mold shells (6) outside of the vent areas.
F Check if the gap X = 1,2 +/-0,05 mm and the gap Y = 0,15

+0,1/+0 mm.
- If yes,
Go to step 19 .
- If not,
procedure "BSU-001.
procedure "BSU-001.
7- Position the 4 0,15 mm thickness gauges on the half-mold
(6) at points (10).
1;2
3
1
7
F Make sure that the gauges are out of the vent zone.
1-007324-01-xx.svg
Grease the gauges to insert them more easily.

procedure "BSU-001.
procedure "BSU-001.
10- Loosen the nuts (3).
The elastic rings (7) come free.

11- Manually screw in the bolts (2) into the left shell (4)
support.
procedure "BSU-001.
SIDEL
1-006314-01-xx.svg
Part C
3/4
BRM-021
SBO 20/24

procedure "BSU-001.
16- Remove the 4 0,15 mm thickness gauges.
procedure "BSU-001.
unit
manually,
10
Locking should take place without obstruction.

18- Close the mold support
procedure "BSU-001.
10
see
F Check the gap Y = 0,15 +0,1/+0 mm at points (10)

between the mold shells (6) outside of the vent areas.
10
10
BEFORE YOU FINISH

19- Remount the mold base
on the blowing station
concerned, see procedure "BDM-011.
SIDEL
1-007327-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-021
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BRM-022
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- 1 certified acceptable bottle (1).
1-006580-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- Position 1 certified acceptable bottle (1) on the neck
guides (2).
3- Remove the trunnion nut (3).
4- Position the bottle outfeed base guide (4) to obtain the
clearance "X" = 5 mm between the bottle outfeed base
guide (4) and the base of the certified bottle (1).
Tighten up the nut (3) onto the flat-section on the shaft

(5).
5- Remove the certified bottle (1) from the neck guides (2).
BEFORE YOU FINISH

5
SIDEL
1-006589-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-022
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/4
BRM-023
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
- Standard holding bar (A), follow procedure "BRM-021".
- Thrust holding bar (B), follow procedure "BRM-023".
procedure "BSU-001.
SIDEL
1-006030-01-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24

BRM-023
2/4

stipulated risks.
and pressure.
MACHINE STATUS
1-007335-01-xx.svg

- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
1;2
3
1;2
3
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- 4 thickness gauges 0,05 mm,
- locking system holding brace .
7
4
9
X
PROCEDURE
1-007324-01-xx.svg

1- Remove the mold base
procedure "BDM-011.
on the station concerned, see
F Check if the gap X = 1,2 +/-0,05 mm and the gap Y = 0,05

+/-0,02 mm.
- If yes.
SIDEL
Make sure that the gap is Y = 0,05 +/-0,02 mm at points

(10) between the 4 holding bars (6).
Part C
3/4
BRM-023
SBO 20/24
Go to step 19 .
If not.

procedure "BSU-001.
procedure "BSU-001.
7- Position the 4 0,05 mm thickness gauges on the holding
bars (6) at points (10).
Grease the gauges to insert them more easily.

procedure "BSU-001.
procedure "BSU-001.
10- Loosen the nuts (3).
The elastic rings (7) come free.

11- Manually screw in the bolts (2) into the left shell (4)
support.
procedure "BSU-001.
procedure "BSU-001.
16- Remove the 4 0,05 mm thickness gauges.
procedure "BSU-001.
6
1-006753-01-xx.svg
10
6
10
6
10
10
Locking should take place without obstruction.

18- Close the mold support
procedure "BSU-001.
unit
manually,
see
F Make sure that the gap is Y = 0,05 +/-0,02 mm at points

(10) between the 4 holding bars (6).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
19- Remount the mold base
on the blowing station
concerned, see procedure "BDM-011.
SIDEL
1-007268-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRM-023
4/4
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
BRM-044
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
regulations.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-18-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- set of thickness gauges.
PROCEDURE
1- Advance the stretching cylinder (1) in question on the
horizontal part of the stretching cam (2), using manual
rotation, see procedure "BCU-014.
machine.
"J" represents the gap between the cam follower (2) and
the stretching cam (3).
4
1
SIDEL
1-008059-02-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
4- Tighten or loosen the stretching cylinder (5) rod (4) to set

the gap J = 0,2 0,1 mm, using a thickness gauge to
measure it.
5- Hold the rod (4) using the pipe wrench and tighten the nut
(1).
BRM-044
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

2
F Check the setting of the upper stretching cylinder stop

shock absorber (6), see procedure "BDM-069.
3
1-008057-03-xx.svg
SIDEL
1-008058-02-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24

Greasing procedure
TABLE OF CONTENTS
.............................................................................................................
...............................................................................
BGM-001
BGM-005
.................................................................................
BGM-006
.................................................................................
BGM-007
................................................................................................................
BGM-008

..................................................................................
BGM-009
......................................................................................................
BGM-010
...................................................................................................................

..................................................................................
................................................................................................................
BGM-011
BGM-013
BGM-014
......................................................................................
BGM-015
......................................................................................
BGM-017
..................................................................................................
BGM-018

.......................................................................................
BGM-020
......................................................................................................
BGM-021
...........................................................................................................................

................................................
........................................................................................................
BGM-030
BGM-031
BGM-032
......................................................................................
BGM-033
........................................................................................................
BGM-035
SIDEL
BGM-019
........................................................................................................
C - 1/2
Part C
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
C - 2/2
Part C
1/2
BGM-001
SBO 20/24
Servicing Procedure Catalog / Greasing procedure
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never exceed the recommended amount of grease as
this may cause permanent damage to the parts being
greased.
1cm3 of "LUB A13" grease corresponds to 1 shots from
the greae gun.
The new rails are factory pre-greased and do not need
to be greased when they are assembled for the first
time.
1-006030-02-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
1
2
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB A13" grease,
Specific tools
None
1-010330-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
procedure "BCU-013.
2- If need be, open the vision system,
procedure "BCU-036.
see
see
F Check the condition of the guides (1).

F Check the gap at the rail (2) with regard to the guide (1).
3- Inject 1,6 cm3 of "LUB A13" grease into the greasing
nipple (3) using the grease gun.
4- Remove any excess grease using a clean, dry cloth.
SIDEL
Apply the same procedure to the accessible preform

and bottle transfer arms.
SBO 20/24
2
5- Rotate
the
machine
procedure "BCU-013.

using
the
JOG,
Part C
BGM-001
2/2
see
The following transfer arms are opposite the working

position.
6- Repeat the previous steps, from step 3 , until all the
guidances (1) of the transfer arms have been greased.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
BGM-005
SBO 20/24

A
GENERAL INFORMATION
2
B
The spindle rollers are greased in 2 stages:

- first the outer rollers (1) on the oven wheel (A),
- then the inner rollers (2) on the tensioner wheel (B).
1-006030-34-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS

- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
- oven cold.
1-006381-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB A15" grease,
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush.
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
SBO 20/24
Greasing the outer spindle rollers

procedure "BCU-013.
2- Wipe the grease off the outer rollers (1) using a clean, dry
cloth.
3- Apply the "LUB A15" grease to the outer rollers (1) using
a paintbrush.
Part C
BGM-005
2/2
Area to be greased
4- Rotate
the
machine
procedure "BCU-013.
using
the
JOG,
see
The following rollers are at your working position.

5- Repeat as above from step 3 until you have greased all
of the outer rollers (1).
Greasing the inner spindle rollers
procedure "BCU-013.
8- Wipe the spent grease off the inner rollers (2) using a
clean, dry cloth.
9- Apply the "LUB A15" grease to the inner rollers (2) using
a paintbrush.
10- Rotate
the
machine
using
the
JOG,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
The following rollers are at your working position.
of the inner rollers (2).
Greaseing the turnover ramps
machine.
14- Wipe the spent grease off the turnover ramps (3) using a
clean, dry cloth.
15- Apply the "LUB A15" grease to the turnover ramps (3)
using a paintbrush.
2
1-006382-01-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

17- Turn the machine a few times using the JOG system, see
procedure "BCU-013.
Never wipe the grease off the movement surfaces of the
spindle rollers (1 ; 2).
1-006383-01-xx.svg
18- Wipe off any grease splashes using a clean, dry cloth.
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
BGM-006
SBO 20/24
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-93-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 40" grease,
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush.
PROCEDURE
procedure "BCU-013.
see
Depending on the type of machine and accessibility,

remove the elements (1 ; 2) or (2 ; 3 ; 4).
SIDEL
1-008402-02-xx.svg
Part C
SBO 20/24
BGM-006
3- Clean the various components removed, using a clean,

dry cloth.
4- Wipe the spent grease off the toothing on the oven wheel
drive ring (5) using a clean dry cloth.
2/2
1-008401-03-xx.svg
5- Grease the accessible section of the drive ring (5) using

a paintbrush and the "LUB 40" grease.
Area to be greased

7- Rotate
the
machine
using
the
JOG,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
The next section of the drive ring (5) is accessible.
4
1-008423-04-xx.svg

of the drive ring toothing (5).
procedure "BCU-013.
Do not remove the grease from the drive ring toothing
(5).
11- Install the different elements that have been removed.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006384-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
1/2
BGM-007
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 40" grease,
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush.
PROCEDURE
procedure "BCU-013.
2- Wipe the spent grease off the toothing on the oven wheel
drive ring (1) using a clean dry cloth.
3- Grease the accessible section of the drive ring (1) using
a paintbrush and the "LUB 40" grease.
Area to be greased
The toothing on the drive gear (2) is inaccessible and

will be greased by contact with the drive ring (1).
4- Rotate
the
machine
procedure "BCU-013.
using
the
JOG,
see
The next section of the drive ring (1) is accessible.

of the drive ring toothing (1).
BEFORE YOU FINISH

procedure "BCU-013.
Do not remove the grease from the drive ring toothing
(1).
SIDEL
1-006385-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BGM-007
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BGM-008
GENERAL INFORMATION
greased.
1 cm3 of "LUB A13" grease corresponds to 1 shot from
time.
MACHINE STATUS
1-006030-01-xx.svg

- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB A13" grease,
Specific tools
PROCEDURE
SIDEL
1- Connect the JOG to the work

procedure "BCU-013.
2- Check the condition of the guides (1).
zone,
see
F Check the gap between the slide (2) and the rail (4).
3- Wipe off the grease nipples (3) using a clean dry cloth.
4- Inject 2 cm3 of "LUB A13" grease into each nipple (3)
using the grease gun "ALGI".
6- Clean off excess grease.
position
using
the
JOG
system,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
of the stretching guides (1).
1-006386-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BGM-008
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
Part C
1/2
BGM-009
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
greased.
1 cm3 of "LUB A13" grease corresponds to 1 shot from
time.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB A13" grease,
Specific tools
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
1-006030-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24

procedure "BCU-013.
2- Check the condition of the guides (1).
3- Check the gap at the guide (1) with regard to the rail (2).
5- Inject 1 cm3 of "LUB A13" grease into the nipple (3) using
7- Clean off excess grease.
position
using
the
JOG
system,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
9- Repeat as above from step 2 until all of the guides (1) on
the mold base support assemblies have been greased.
Part C
BGM-009
2/2
2
1
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006387-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BGM-010
GENERAL INFORMATION
Always follow current legislation when disposing of the
used oil.
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power and utilities turned
procedure "BCU-012,
- reducer motor cold or preferably warm.
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
1-006030-17-xx.svg
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 37" oil,
Specific tools
- oil pump,
- a container for the used oil.
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- Position the container for the used oil under the drain plug
(1).
3- Remove the filler cap (2).
4- Remove the drain plug (1).
F
56789-
The oil drains from the reducer motor.

Wait until all of the oil has drained off.
Fit the drain plug (1).
Inject 4,2 L of "LUB 37" oil into the reducer motor using
the oil pump.
Fit the filler cap (2).
Remove the oil container.
Clean the reducer motor using a clean, dry cloth.
1-006906-02-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006997-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BGM-010
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BGM-011
GENERAL INFORMATION
open position before attempting any work on it see
procedure "BSU -001.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB A15" grease,
- clean, dry, non-abrasive cloth.
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush.
PROCEDURE
procedure "BCU-013.
4- Wipe the spent grease off the guide studs (1) and the
guide slots (2), the wear washers (3) and the wear ring
(4) using a clean, non-abrasive dry cloth.
If necessary, moisten the cloth with "NET A03".

5- Use a clean, dry, non-abrasive cloth to wipe the guide
studs (1) and slots (2), the wear washers (3) and the wear
ring (4).
SIDEL
1-006389-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
6- Clean the cavities (5) in the half-molds using a clean, dry,

non-abrasive cloth.
7- Grease the guide studs (1) and slots (2), the wear
washers (3) and the wear ring (4) with the "LUB A15"
grease and a paintbrush.
Part C
BGM-011
2/2
Area to be greased
8- Remove the locking system holding brace

, see

position using the JOG system, see procedure "BCU
-013.
of the molds on the machine,
BEFORE YOU FINISH
3
1-006388-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
1-006390-01-xx.svg
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BGM-013
GENERAL INFORMATION
open position before attempting any work on it see
1-006030-01-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 29" grease,
- clean, dry, non-abrasive cloth.
Specific tools
PROCEDURE
1- Connect the JOG
procedure "BCU-013.
1-006392-01-xx.svg
to
the
work
zone,
see
2- Wipe off the grease nipples (1 ; 2) using a clean dry cloth.

3- Inject 11 cm3 of "LUB 29" grease into each nipple (1 ;
2) using the grease gun "ALGI".
6- Inject 3 cm 3 of "LUB 29" grease into each nipple (3 ; 4)
SIDEL
1-006393-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24

-013.
of the mold support units.
Part C
BGM-013
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

procedure "BCU-013.
11- Unlock and open the mold support unit manually.
-013.
17- Repeat as above from step 13 until you have cleaned all
the mold support units.
1-006394-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BGM-014
GENERAL INFORMATION
regulations.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
1-006030-18-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 29" grease,
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush.
PROCEDURE
procedure "BCU-013.
2- Bring the coder wheel around to your working position
using the JOG system, see procedure "BCU-013.
3- Wipe the grease from the rings (1) using a clean, dry
cloth.
4- Grease the rings (1) with "LUB 29" grease using the
paintbrush.
Area to be greased
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-006395-01-xx.svg
procedure "BCU-013.
Do not wipe off the grease already present on the crown
rings (1).
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
BGM-014
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
BGM-015
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
1-006030-35-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 29" grease,
Specific tools
PROCEDURE
2- Key in a rate instruction of 10 % the nominal rate, see
procedure "BPU-004.
(2).
SIDEL
1-008408-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BGM-015
2/2
Change the greaser every 3 shots from the grease gun
to ensure that the grease is applied evenly.
6- Inject 13 cm3 of "LUB 29" grease into each nipple (1)
BEFORE YOU FINISH
rate.
see
2
1-006403-18-02.svg
3
1-006704-04-xx.svg
SIDEL
The machine stops.

9- Enter
the
production
output
procedure "BPU-004.
SBO 20/24
1/2
BGM-017
GENERAL INFORMATION
1-006030-05-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 29" grease,
Specific tools
PROCEDURE
procedure "BPU-004.
(2).
SIDEL
1-008417-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BGM-017
2/2
2
1-006403-18-02.svg

6- Inject 7 cm3 of "LUB 29" grease into each nipple (1) using
the grease gun "ALGI".
1-006704-04-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

The machine stops.
9- Enter
the
production
procedure "BPU-004.
output
rate.
see
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
BGM-018
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
1-006030-05-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 29" grease,
Specific tools
PROCEDURE
2- Key in a rate instruction of 10% the nominal rate, see
procedure "BPU-004.
(2).
SIDEL
1-008419-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BGM-018
2/2
6- Inject 8 cm3 of "LUB 29" grease into each nipple (1) using
the grease gun "ALGI".
BEFORE YOU FINISH
rate.
see
2
1-006403-18-02.svg
3
1-006704-04-xx.svg
SIDEL
The machine stops.

9- Enter
the
production
output
procedure "BPU-004.
Part C
1/2
BGM-019
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The frequencies with which the locking pin and the
holding
lock
are
different.
For
further
information, please refer to chapter "Maintenance
schedule" chapter in the User manual.
MACHINE STATUS
1-006030-01-xx.svg

- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB A18" grease,
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush,
- "44. 30 x 32" thin flat-head wrench.
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
SBO 20/24
Part C
BGM-019
2/2
Greasing the mold support unit locking pins

procedure "BCU-013.
2- Unlock and open the mold support unit manually.
6- Clean the locking components using a clean, dry cloth.
7- Use a paintbrush to apply the "LUB A18" grease to the
shaft (3), the anti-torque guide (4), the locking pins (5) and
the bores (6).
7
1
1-006688-01-xx.svg
Area to be greased

procedure "BSU-001.
Greasing the mold support unitlocking system holding lock
12- Remove the box (7).
14- Remove the holding lock (9).
15- Use a paintbrush to apply the "LUB A18" grease to the
box (7), thespring (8) and the holding lock (9).
16- Position the holding lock (9).
17- Position the spring (8).
18- Fit the box (7).
position
using
the
JOG
system,
see
procedure "BCU-013.
of the mold support unit locking systems.
6
5
1-006687-01-xx.svg
8
7
BEFORE YOU FINISH

procedure "BCU-013.
9
1-006501-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BGM-020
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB A15" grease,
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush.
1-006030-05-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- Wipe the spent grease of the cam races (1) using a clean,
dry cloth.
3- Grease the cam races (1) using a paintbrush and the
"LUB A15" grease.
Area to be greased
BEFORE YOU FINISH

Do not wipe the cam races (1).
4- Wipe off the excess grease using a clean, dry cloth.

SIDEL
1-006507-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BGM-020
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
SBO 20/24
BGM-021
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 29" grease,
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush.
1-006030-37-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
1- Clean the spent grease off the cam race (1) using a clean,
dry cloth.
2- Grease the cam race (1) using a paintbrush and the "LUB
29" grease.
Do not wipe the cam race (1).
3- Wipe any excess grease off the cam (1).
Area to be greased
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-007162-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BGM-021
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
BGM-030
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The grease distributor
distributes partial doses of
grease to the preform (A) and bottle (B) transfer wheel
cams.
1-006030-35-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 29" grease,
Specific tools
A
1-008061-01-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
procedure "BPU-004.
(2).
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
Part C
BGM-030
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH
rate.
see
2
1-006403-18-02.svg
3
1-006704-04-xx.svg
SIDEL
The machine stops.

9- Enter
the
production
output
procedure "BPU-004.
Part C
1/2
BGM-031
SBO 20/24
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB A29" grease,
Specific tools
- Clean, dry brush.
1-006030-05-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- Wipe the spent grease of the cam races (1 ; 2) using a
clean, dry cloth.
1-007709-01-xx.svg
3- Grease the cam races (1 ; 2) using a paintbrush and the

"LUB A29" grease.
Area to be greased
BEFORE YOU FINISH

procedure "BCU-013.
Do not wipe the cam races (1 ; 2).
1-007710-01-xx.svg
5- Wipe off the excess grease using a clean, dry cloth.

SIDEL
SBO 20/24
BGM-031
2/2
SIDEL
Part C
Part C
1/2
BGM-032
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The grease distributor
distributes partial doses of
grease to:
- stretching cam (A),
- mold opening/closing cam (B),
- Mold base raise/lower cam (C).
1-006030-35-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 29" grease,
Specific tools
PROCEDURE
2- Key in a rate instruction of 10% the nominal rate, see
procedure "BPU-004.
(2).
SIDEL
B
1-008062-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part C
BGM-032
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH
rate,
see
2
1-006403-18-02.svg
3
1-006704-04-xx.svg
SIDEL
The machine stops.

9- Enter
the
production
output
procedure "BPU-004.
SBO 20/24
1/2
BGM-033
GENERAL INFORMATION
Replace the grease cartridge (1) when replacing the
control unit (2).
If anomalies occur with the piloted automatic greaser,
the corresponding fault is displayed on the JOG.
1-006030-32-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012,
- oven cold.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
4
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- grease cartridge (1),
- control unit (2) if necessary.
Consumables
Specific tools
None
1-008403-02-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
2- Unclip the electrical connector (3) by pulling on its axle.
3- Loosen and remove the automatic greasing unit (4)
manually.
4- Remove the cover (5) manually.
5- Remove the control unit (2).
3
5
Dispose of the grease cartridge (1) in accordance with

Refit
6- If the control unit (2) is defective replace it.
7- Fit the control unit (2) on the new grease cartridge (1).
8- If the control unit has been replaced, position the switches
(6) in the same way as on the old control unit.
9- Fit the cover (5) and screw it on manually.
SIDEL
1-007964-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
10- Clean the area around the automatic greasing unit (4)
using a clean dry cloth.
11- Remove the plug (7).
BGM-033
2/2
Never screw on the greaser a second time lest you ruin

the auto-seal of the threads.
12- Screw the automatic greaser (4) lightly onto its base (8).
Observe the positioning of the electrical connector pins

(3).
13- Clip on the electrical connector (3).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-007965-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
F Check the greasing system in production.

Part C
1/2
BGM-035
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
This procedure requires 6 cm3 of "LUB 29" grease
1-006030-77-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
-
machine energized, see procedure "BCU-001.

the machine is stopped, see procedure "BCU-006
PCC switched on, see procedure "BCU-004
PCC application set to "Settings",
- machine empty.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
- "LUB 29" grease,
Specific tools
1-010734-00-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
machine.
procedure "BCU-013
greased
To ensure a uniform distribution of grease, carry out the
operation 2 times.
SIDEL
5- Turn the machine 1 time uusing the JOG.
8- Clean off excess grease
SBO 20/24
Part C
BGM-035
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
9- Disconnect the JOG. see procedure "BCU-013

Part D
SBO 20/24
USER PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
PROCEDURE
Part A
Part B
Part C
Part D
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INSPECTING / CLEANING PROCEDURE
Checking the electrical connections
BNE
..........................................................................................................
BNE-001
Inspection/cleaning: fan filters
...................................................................................................................
BNE-002
Cleaning an infrared camera
.....................................................................................................................
BNE-003
Cleaning the photo-electric sensors

Checking the beacon stack
..........................................................................................................
BNE-004
.......................................................................................................................
BNE-005
Checking the speed controller parameters
...............................................................................................
REMOVAL / REFIT PROCEDURE

Removal / refit - plc batteries
BNE-006
BDE
....................................................................................................................
Removal / refit - plc memory card
BDE-001
.............................................................................................................
BDE-003
Removal / refit: striker fuses
.....................................................................................................................
BDE-004
Removal / refit - UPS battery
....................................................................................................................
BDE-005
................................................................................................................................
BDE-006
Removal / refit - UPS
Removal / refit - power controller box

Removal / refit - oven lamps
.......................................................................................................
BDE-007
.....................................................................................................................
BDE-009
...................................................................................................................
BDE-010
Removal/Refit - UV rail lamps

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
BRE
Setting the inductive detectors
..................................................................................................................
Setting the preform detection system at the machine infeed

Adjusting the aim of an infrared camera
....................................................................
BRE-001
BRE-002
...................................................................................................
BRE-003
Configuring an infrared camera
................................................................................................................
BRE-004
Synchronizing preform loading
.................................................................................................................
BRE-005
........................................................................................................................
BRE-009
Setting the air conditioning
Setting the torque limiter sensors
.............................................................................................................
Setting the sensor cells on the infeed rail
.................................................................................................
Setting the sensor cells on the feeder stabilization rail
.............................................................................
Setting the sensor cells on the feeder unscrambler rollers
BRE-014
BRE-015
.......................................................................
BRE-016
.....................................................................................
BRE-018
SIDEL
Setting the sensor cells on the hopper assembly
BRE-010
D - 1/2
Part D
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
D - 2/2
Part D
SBO 20/24
Electrical operation procedure

TABLE OF CONTENTS
..........................................................................................................
BNE-001
...................................................................................................................
BNE-002
.....................................................................................................................
BNE-003

..........................................................................................................
BNE-004
.......................................................................................................................
BNE-005
...............................................................................................
BNE-006
SIDEL
D - 1/2
Part D
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
D - 2/2
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNE-001
GENERAL INFORMATION
Checking the electrical connections:
- when installing the machine,
- during a technical shutdown or at least once a year.
The first inspection should be made before the end of
the manufacturer's warranty period.
MACHINE STATUS
procedure "BCU-012,
- mains power switch, open.
utilities
turned
off,
see
PROCEDURE
1- Check and systematically tighten up all of the screws
holding the electrical connections in position in the
various electrical boxes and the electrical cabinet.
2- Check and tighten up the autotransformer connections if
the machine is fitted with one.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
3- Sign off the operation on the maintenance schedule.
SIDEL
1-006030-00-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BNE-001
2/2
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNE-002
GENERAL INFORMATION
The fan filters are located as follows:
- next to the control station (1),
- next to the PCC(2),
- on the front the hopper electrical cabinet (3),
- unscrambler rollers electrical cabinet front (4),
- on the on-board cabinets (5) in the mobile section.
- the first activates manual rotation,
- the second controls the access to the on-board
cabinets (5).
1-006030-27-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
PROCEDURE
Fixed section filters
machine.
2- Remove the filter from its support using a screwdriver.
F Check the condition of the filter.

If the filter is soiled go to step 3 .
If the filter is worn replace it and go to step 5 .
3- Rinse the filter with water.
1-006349-01-xx.svg
4- Dry the filter.

5- Fit the filter on the support.
The filters are clean.
SIDEL
1-006347-01-xx.svg
Part D
SBO 20/24
BNE-002
2/2
Filters on the mobile section

machine.
8- Use the manual rotation system to bring the on-board
cabinets (5) into an accessible position, see
procedure "BCU-014.
9- Open the door to the cabinet (5).
10- Remove the filter from its support using a screwdriver.
F Check the condition of the filter.

If the filter is soiled go to step 11 .
If the filter is worn replace it and go to step 13 .
3
1-008518-01-xx.svg
11- Rinse the filter with water.

12- Dry the filter.
13- Fit the filter on the support.
14- Close the door to the cabinet (5).
The filters are clean.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

1-008520-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
1-006348-01-xx.svg
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNE-003
1
1;2;3
GENERAL INFORMATION
Camera
1
2
3
4
Controls the temperature of the preform bodies at

oven outfeed
Controls the temperature of the preform necks at oven
outfeed (option)
Controls the temperature of the preform bases at oven
outfeed (option)
Controls the temperature of the items at mold
outfeed (option)
1-006030-72-xx.svg
The number of cameras varies depending on the

process and the options available on the machine.
The cleaning procedure is identical for each camera.
Do not alter the position of the components when
cleaning them.
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- optical cleaning solution.
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- Clean the sensor (1) lens (5) with a cloth dipped in the
cleaning solution.
3- Wipe the lens (5) on the sensor using a clean, dry cloth.
BEFORE YOU FINISH


1
SIDEL
1-006068-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BNE-003
2/2
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNE-004
1
7
GENERAL INFORMATION
Sensor
1

stoppage
Upper count cell

sensor
B102.1
(D1)
B102.0
(D3)
B105.0
(D5)
B103.3
(D4)
Detection of preforms at top of rail
B10.5
Detection of preforms at bottom of rail
B10.6
Detection of preforms at machine infeed
B32.1
Bottle blockage detection in chute (option)
B13.1
8
6
5
4
1
1-006030-06-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
10
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- optical cleaning solution.
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
machine.
2- Clean the photo-electric cells (9) and the reflectors (10)
using a cloth dipped in the optical cleaning solution.
3- Wipe the photo-electrical cells (9) and the reflectors (10)
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
9
1-006762-04-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BNE-004
2/2
1-006072-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNE-005
GENERAL INFORMATION
The order of the lamps on the beacon stack (2) is, from
top to bottom; red, yellow, green and blue.
1-006030-07-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
procedure "BCU-002,
see
see
PROCEDURE
The lamps in the beacon stack (2) light up one by one and
the sequence is completed with an alarm siren (3).
2- Replace fault lamps by turning the collars (4) a quarter
turn.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
1-010353-23-02.svg
3- Sign off the operation on the maintenance schedule.
4
3
SIDEL
1-006073-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BNE-005
2/2
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BNE-006
GENERAL INFORMATION
The procedure is solely for checking the parameters of the
speed controllers.
List of parameters to be checked :
This list is intended as an example and is by no means
exhaustive. See the real list in the machine's electrical
file.
1-006030-08-xx.svg
Operation / Display
0.01
Language
0.40
Key on LCP
Load / motor
1.20
Motor Power
1.22
Motor Voltage
1.23
Motor Frequency
1.24
Motor Current
1.25
Motor Nominal Speed

References / Ramps
3.03
Maximum Reference
3.41
Ramp 1 Ramp Up Time
3.42
Ramp 1 Ramp Down Time

Limits / Warnings
4.10
Motor speed Direction
4.13
Motor Speed High Limit

Analog In/Out
5.40 (0)
Function Relay (1)
5.40 (1)
Function Relay (2)

Comm. and Options
8.01
Control Site
Profibus
9.16
PCD Read Configuration
9.22
Telegram Selection
Not all of the parameters may need to be checked,

depending on the controller.
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
procedure "BCU-002.
under
under
power,
see
power,
see
SIDEL
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
SBO 20/24
Part D
BNE-006
2/2
Parts
- controller setting sheet (see electrical file).
Consumables
None
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
1- Open the door to the electrical cabinet.
the "menu" page appears.

3- Press keys (2).
The required menu is selected.
The selected menu appears.
5- Check the configuration against the setting sheet for the
corresponding controller.
If the readings do not match, contact SIDEL.

6- Press the key (4) to return to the previous menu.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
4
2
SIDEL
1-006074-01-xx.svg
Part D
SBO 20/24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
....................................................................................................................
BDE-001
.............................................................................................................
BDE-003
.....................................................................................................................
BDE-004
....................................................................................................................
BDE-005
................................................................................................................................
BDE-006

BDE-007
BDE-009
...................................................................................................................
BDE-010
SIDEL
.......................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................
D - 1/2
Part D
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
D - 2/2
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDE-001
GENERAL INFORMATION
Misuse of lithium batteries may cause fire or explosion.
Never bring the batteries into contact with water of
flame.
Never expose the batteries to sources of heat greater
than 100 C.
Never place batteries or cells in ordinary household
waste. Wrap each battery indvidually in a thick plastic
bag and send them to a waste treatment center.
1-006030-13-xx.svg
PLC data is saved by lithium batteries. When a battery

is flat, the red lamp "BAF" (1) on the corresponding
power module will light up, indicating a battery fault.
If any one of the batteries is faulty, SIDEL recommends

that you replace all of the batteries.
Replace the batteries with the plc switched On (switch

on power modules to "I").
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
procedure "BCU-001,
- plc On.
under
power,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
- Lithium batteries "AA - 3,6 V".
Specific tools
None
1-007067-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
SBO 20/24
Removal
2- Set the switches (2) on all of the power modules to
position "I".
3- Open the cover (3).
4- Remove the batteries (4) from their housing by pulling the
plastic strap.
Refit
5- Insert the batteries (4) into the housing on the power
module.
Part D
BDE-001
2/2
Make sure that the battery poles are inserted the right
way around and that the plastic flanges are fitted
correctly.
6- If the red "BAF" lamp (1) comes on, turn the "FMR"
(Failure Message Reset) switch (5) on the power supply
module.
- If the battery fault lamp goes out.
The batteries are now functional.
If the battery fault lamp (1) remains lit:

Remove the batteries (4) from their housing by pulling
the plastic strap.
Short-circuit the batteries for 3 second maximum.
Re-insert the batteries.
- If the battery fault lamp (1) remains lit.
The batteries are faulty.

Repeat as above from step 4 with new batteries
(4).
7- Fit the cover (3).
1-007068-01-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006113-01-xx.svg
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDE-003
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never remove a memory card when the plc is switched
on.
The memory card used here is an "EEPROM
FLASH". The "EEPROM FLASH" card is able to
conserve data without requiring an external power
supply.
1-006030-13-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- "EEPROM FLASH" (1) memory card.
Consumables
None
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
Removal
2- Set the main switch (2) to "STOP".
"OFF".
4- Remove the "EEPROM FLASH"(1) memory card.
Refit
5- Line up the guides (5) and insert the new card (1) as far
as it will go.
"I".
SIDEL
The "STOP"(6) lamp flashes slowly and the CPU carries

out a general deletion.
The full erase resets the CPU memories.
1-007067-03-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
7- Set the main switch (2) to "RUN".
Part D
BDE-003
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006118-01-xx.svg
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDE-004
GENERAL INFORMATION
Replace the fuses when the striker pin has struck.
Before attempting any work make sure that the power
is off.
The primary electrical circuit uses orange wires.
1-006030-13-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- striker fuses.
Consumables
None
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
1-008534-01-xx.svg
Removal
1- Open the mains power supply switch.
3- Remove the screws (1) from the protectve cover (2) on
the main switch (3).
4- Remove the protective cover (2).
Make sure that there is no power at the input terminals
(5).
SIDEL
5- Open the safety cover (4).

6- Remove the fuse (6) fixing screws 6.
SBO 20/24
The fixing screws are not present on all models.

7- Remove the faulty fuses (6).
Refit
8- Fit the new fuses (6), with the pin (7) facing upwards.
9- Close the safety cover (4).
10- Fit the protective cover (2) using the screws (1).
12- Close the mains machine power supply switch.
Part D
BDE-004
2/2
7
6
BEFORE YOU FINISH

13- Turn on the machine, see procedure "BCU-001.
SIDEL
1-006119-01-xx.svg
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDE-005
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never place batteries or cells in ordinary household
waste. Wrap each battery indvidually in a thick plastic
bag and send them to a waste treatment center.
The battery will reach full charge in 8 hours.
1-006757-01-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
- UPS battery.
Consumables
None
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
1-006122-01-xx.svg
Removal
1- Remove the UPS (1), see procedure "BDE-006.
2- Set the UPS (1) down flat.
3- Remove the cover (2) from the battery compartment (3).
4- Remove the battery (3).
5- Disconnect the wires from the terminals (4).
Refit
6- Connect the wires to the terminals (4) on the new battery.
7- Insert the battery (3) into the compartment.
Connect the black wire to the earthing terminal.
Connect the red wire to the positive terminal.
8- Slide the battery compartment (3) cover (2) into the
grooves on the UPS (1) as far as it will go.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

1-006121-01-xx.svg
9- Fit the UPS (1), see procedure "BDE-006.
SIDEL
1-006123-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDE-005
2/2
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDE-006
GENERAL INFORMATION
The battery will reach full charge in 8 hours.
MACHINE STATUS
- the machine is stopped.
PROCEDURE
Removal
1- Turn off the PCC, see procedure "BCU-009.
3- Turn off the UPS (2) by pressing the button (3).
4- Remove the UPS (2) from the control station.
5- Disconnect the wires (4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7) from the UPS.
6- Take the UPS (2) out of the control station.
1-006030-14-xx.svg
1
2
1-006278-04-xx.svg
Refit
7- Place the UPS (2) near the control station.
8- Connect the wires (4 ; 5 ; 6 ; 7) to the UPS.
9- Place the UPS (2) inside the control station.
10- Press the button (3) to turn on the UPS (2).
The "Power on"(8) lamp comes on.
2
8
3
SIDEL
1-006124-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part D
BDE-006
11- Turn on the PCC, see procedure "BCU-004.
2/2
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006126-01-xx.svg
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BDE-007
MACHINE STATUS
utilities
turned
off,
see
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- electrical wiring box.
Consumables
None
Specific tools
None
1-006030-15-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
2- Disconnect the connectors (1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4) from the box (5)
you wish to remove.
5
2
1
3
4
1-006127-01-xx.svg
3- Unscrew and remove the nuts (6).
SIDEL
1-006130-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
4- Unscrew and remove the bolt (7).

5- Remove the electrical box (5).
Part D
BDE-007
2/2
5
1-006131-01-xx.svg
6- Loosen and remove the bracket (8) and the rubber

stopper (9) assembly from the box (5).
7- Open the box (5).
8- Note down the profibus (10) address on the box (5).
Refit
9- Open the box again (5).
10- Set the address profibus (10) to the same as that on the
removed box by turning the inner arrow (11) using a small
screwdriver.
11- Set the circuit breaker (12).
12- Fit the bracket (8) and the rubber stopper (9) on the box
(5).
13- Fit the box (5) on the oven frame.
14- Insert the fixing screws (7) and tighten up.
15- Insert the nuts (6) and tighten up.
16- Refit the connectors (1 ; 2 ; 3 ; 4).
1-006132-01-xx.svg
12
BEFORE YOU FINISH

11
10
SIDEL
1-006128-01-xx.svg
Part D
1/4
SBO 20/24
BDE-009
GENERAL INFORMATION
Always hold the lamps by their ends.
1-006030-09-xx.svg
Check the power of the lamps you wish to replace (2500

W, 3000 W).
The shim stacks (7) allow you to adjust the position of
the lamps (1) on the rack (3). Always follow the position
of the shims (7) when replacing the lamps (1).
3
2
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-012,
- oven cold.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
1-006075-02-xx.svg
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
- lamp (1).
Consumables
None
Specific tools
None
PROCEDURE
Removal
machine.
disengaged.
remain the same.
SIDEL
1-006337-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part D
BDE-009
2/4

4- Disconnect the lamp (1) from the connector (4) using a
screwdriver.
3
5
1-006338-01-xx.svg

6- Remove the covers (6).
6
1
1-006339-02-xx.svg
7- Removing/refitting the shim(s) (7).

If a lamp is broken, clean the whole area thoroughly with
an aspirator. Dispose of any articles present and make
sure any electrical components are disposed of
according to specific procedures.
8- Remove the lamp (1).
1-008536-02-xx.svg
Refit
9- Position the lamp (1) in the supports .
10- Fit the shim(s) (7) making sure they are in their original
position.
6
1
SIDEL
1-006341-02-xx.svg
Part D
3/4
SBO 20/24
BDE-009
11- Position the covers (6).

5
1-006342-01-xx.svg
13- Connect the lamp (1) to the connector (4) using a

screwdriver.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
1-006076-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDE-009
4/4
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
1/4
BDE-010
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
Never obstruct the upper ventilation grill as this may
reduce the bactericidal effects of the lamps.
1-008758-10-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
10
- infeed rail clear of preforms, see procedure "BCU-017,

procedure "BCU-012,
- infeed rail cold.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
- lamps .
Consumables
None
Specific tools
- cotton gloves.
11
3
1-008970-02-xx.svg
PROCEDURE
Removing the UV lamps from the upper part of the rail
1- Open the upper cover (1) using the butterfly catch (2).
2- Remove the screen from the back panel (3) by loosening
the 1/4-turn fixings .
4- Disconnect the connector (5) from the bottom of the lamp.
SIDEL
1-008971-01-xx.svg
Part D
SBO 20/24
5- Open the clips (6).
The flap (7) is now open.

6- Unclip the lower lamp cap from the lower lamp support
(8).
7- Remove the lamp from the upper support (9).
8- Repeat steps 4 to 7 until you have removed all of the
lamps you need to replace.
Removing the UV lamps from the lower part of the rail
9- Open the bottom cover (10) using the butterfly nut (11).
BDE-010
2/4
18
6
1-008972-01-xx.svg
10- Disconnect the connector (12) from the upper lamp cap.
15
12
1-008973-01-xx.svg
11- Open the clips (13).
The flap (14) is now open.

12- Unclip the upper lamp cap from the upper lamp support
(15).
13- Remove the lamp from the lower support (16).
14- Repeat steps 10 to 13 until you have removed all of the
lamps you need to replace.
Fitting the UV lamps
Always wear protective cotton gloves when handling
the lamps .
14
17
13
F If the lamps are dirty, clean them using a clean dry cloth.
1-008974-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Never use cleaning agents.
Part D
3/4
SBO 20/24
BDE-010
Lower part of the rail

15- Position the new lamp between the neck guides (17).
16- Position the lower lamp cap in the lower lamp support
(16).
17- Clip the upper lamp cap onto the upper lamp support
(15).
The clip
lamp.
16
must not be in contact with the glass of the
F If the clip is touching the glass of the lamp, check the

position of the lower lamp cap in the lower lamp support
(16).
18- Reconnect the connector (12) onto the lamp making sure
that the polarity is correct.
19- Repeat steps 15 to 18 until you have refitted all of the
lamps.
20- Close the flap (14) using the catches (13).
21- Close and lock the lower cover (10) using the butterfly nut
(11).
Upper part of the rail
22- Position the new lamp between the neck guides (18).
23- Position the upper lamp cap in the upper lamp support
(9).
24- Clip the lower lamp cap into the lower lamp support (8).
The clip
lamp.
must not be in contact with the glass of the
F If the clip is in contact with the glass of the lamp, check

the position of the upper lamp cap in the upper lamp
support (9).
25- Reconnect the connector (5) onto the lamp making sure
that the polarity is correct.
26- Repeat steps 22 to 25 until you have refitted all of the
lamps.
27- Close the flap (7) using the catches (6).
28- Close and secure the upper cover (1) using the butterfly
catch (2).
29- Fit the casing (4).
30- Fit the back cover (3) using the 1/4-turn fixing .
BEFORE YOU FINISH
31- Turn on the power supplies to the machine, see
procedure "BCU-001.
32- Test the UV rail lamps to make sure that they function
properly, see procedure "BPU-008.
SIDEL
1-008975-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BDE-010
4/4
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
SBO 20/24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
..................................................................................................................

....................................................................
BRE-001
BRE-002
...................................................................................................
BRE-003
................................................................................................................
BRE-004
.................................................................................................................
BRE-005
........................................................................................................................
BRE-009
.............................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.............................................................................
BRE-014
BRE-015
.......................................................................
BRE-016
.....................................................................................
BRE-018
SIDEL
BRE-010
D - 1/2
Part D
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
D - 2/2
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BRE-001
GENERAL INFORMATION
An inductive proximity detector detects objects made from
electrically conductive materials without the need for contact.
The
gaps
indicated
on
the
table
are
theoretical. Depending on the environment and the
kinematics of the parts, the true values may need to be
adjusted.
1-006030-00-xx.svg
1;2
1-010594-01-xx.svg
3;4
1-010595-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
1-010587-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
reference
Reference indicated
(mm)
Output normally
open
Output normally
closed
Recommende
d gap (mm)
Gap range
(mm)
30493
XS1M08PC410D
Telemecanique
0,4
0 - 1,2
117071
IE5318 IFM
0,4
0 - 1,6
117076
IGS204 IFM
18
0 - 6,5
117077
IGS206 IFM
18
0 - 6,5
128580
IE5288 IFM
0,4
0 - 3,25
MACHINE STATUS
Part D
SBO 20/24
BRE-001
2/2

PROCEDURE
Inductive sensor
machine.
2- Position the part to be detected in front of the sensor .
3- Loosen the nut and the counter nut (1).
4- Set the range (2) of the sensor according to the figures
shown on the table.
The lamp on the sensor changes state.

5- Tighten the nut and the counter nut (1).
6- Position the part in a position where it should not be
detected.
The lamp on the sensor changes state.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
2
1-006352-10-xx.svg
SIDEL
Part D
1/2
BRE-002
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The "B32.1" sensor (1) is a direct reflection photoelectric
cell. It detects preforms at the machine infeed.
- The second monitors the functioning of the sesnor
(1).
1-006030-10-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- primary
electrical
circuit
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
procedure "BCU-002.
under
under
power,
see
power,
see
PROCEDURE
machine.
3- Place a preform on the infeed wheel.
4- Position the infeed guide (2) manually.
5- Place a preform in front of the sensor (1) using the manual
6- Loosen the nut (3) and the counter nut (4).
7- Position the sensor (1) level with a position between the
neck and half way down the length of the preform.
8- Position the sensor (1) at a range of between 1 cm and
2 cm from the body of the preform.
The sensor lamp (1) lights up.

9- Tighten the nut (3) and the counter nut (4).
11- Place several preforms on the infeed wheel.
12- Position the infeed guide (2) manually.
13- Use the manual rotation system to check that the sensor
(1) functions correctly, see procedure "BCU-014.
The lamp on the sensor (1) lights up when preforms pass
in front of it.
1-006281-01-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-006282-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRE-002
2/2
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
1/4
SBO 20/24
BRE-003
GENERAL INFORMATION
1;2;3
Camera
1
2
3

oven outfeed
outfeed (option according to model)

1-006030-116-xx.svg
This procedure applies to the camera (1) controlling the

temperature of the preform bodies. The adjustment
procedure is the same for each camera.
The infrared sensor is fitted with a laser guide to enable
it to be lined up.
Never point the laser towards the eyes as you may
cause permanent damage.
- the second technician checks the value at the PCC.
The minimum quantity of preforms to load onto the
infeed wheel is 8 preforms.
MACHINE STATUS
- oven cold.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
10
4
1-007626-05-02.svg
Part D
SBO 20/24
BRE-003
2/4

234-
5-

Press the (5) key.
Press the (6) key.
If the "Forced loading" mode is not active, press the key
(7).
Forced loading is active.
Close the window(s) and return to the "Welcome" family.
A
1-010390-03-02.svg

F Wait for the rate setpoint to be reached.
7- Press the key (9) while the 8 preforms are loading and
then press the key (9) again to stop loading.
8- Press key (8) before the preforms reach the turnover
ramp at the oven outfeed.
The machine stops.
The "Alarms" family appears.
1-006704-12-xx.svg
10
11
SIDEL
1-006948-04-02.svg
Part D
3/4
BRE-003
SBO 20/24

B
13- Enter the "DB30.DBB150" variable using the keypad and
then confirm.
The value "00000000" of variable "DB30.DBB150"
12
displays in the zone (D).
1-007616-03-02.svg

machine.
16- Use manual rotation to bring the preforms forward until
the value "11111111" in the zone (D) is reached, see
procedure "BCU-014.
The laser guide (1) is on.
13
14
1-007581-03-02.svg
19- Set the support (17) so that the laser (1) falls on the
preform bodies.
18
The sensor laser (1) needs to read a continuous line of

preforms in order to provide a stable and uniform
temperature reading.

16
17
15
SIDEL
1-006284-05-xx.svg
Part D
SBO 20/24
22- Set the bracket (19) to position the sensor laser (1) on the
middle of the preform bodies.
BRE-003
1
4/4
17
The height of the point at which the temperature is read

depends on the size of the preform and has an effect
on the bottle production set up.
The sensor laser beam (1) is switched off.

25- Advance the spindle chain using manual rotation to clear
the preforms, see procedure "BCU-014.
1-006285-03-xx.svg
BEFORE YOU FINISH


Forced loading is disactivated.
31- Press key (4) to select "Automatic" mode, see
procedure "BCU-006.
19
1
SIDEL
1-006286-03-xx.svg
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BRE-004
2
1;2;3
GENERAL INFORMATION
Camera
1
2
3
4

oven outfeed
Controls the temperature of the items at mold
1-006030-72-xx.svg

The adjustment procedure is the same for each
camera.
Never point the laser towards the eyes as you may
cause permanent damage.
1
6
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power
procedure "BCU-011,
- oven cold.
and
utilities
turned
off,
see
PROCEDURE
1-006284-04-xx.svg

machine.
3- Remove the cover (6).
4- Position the jumper (7) to 0,5 s.
5- Position the coder (8) to "9".
6- Position the coder (9) to "0".
The emission factor is set to a value of 0,90.

7- Fit the cover (6) along with its fixing screws (5) on the body
of the sensor (1) making sure that the pin (10) is inserted.
10
BEFORE YOU FINISH


7
SIDEL
1-006287-02-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRE-004
2/2
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
1/6
BRE-005
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The prefrom loading indexing system requires very
precise settings and synchronization, 2 operations are
required:
- mechanical setting of the position/orientation of the
loading stop jack-cylinder (1),
- synchronization of the prefrom loading wheel (2)
with the retraction and extension of the jack-cylinder
(1).
The setting values for the synchronization are part of
the recipe.
1-006030-10-xx.svg
According to the differences between the preforms

used in the previous production run and the current one,
the cylinder (1) setting may not always be necessary.
Each setting is specific to the machine according to the
following parameters:
- the preform diameter,
- the distance between the rim and the neck ring,
- the length and slope of the infeed rail,
- the momentum of the preforms,
- the machine production rate,
- the pneumatic assistance (air jet) at the infeed
(according to model).
PROCEDURE
Setting the loading stop jack-cylinder (1)
machine.
2- Separate the 5 first preforms on the infeed rail by pushing
the others to the top.
3- Insert a screwdriver into the rail to stop them sliding back
down.
4- Position the jack (1) using the brace (3)/bolt (4) and the
brace (5)/bolt (6) assemblies.
4
1
3
SIDEL
The pin (7) of the jack (1) in the extended position should
be on an imaginary line Y running from the neck ring to
the edge of the rim and lcoated at one third of the diameter
of the preform neck.
The pin (7) should have an angle = 30 - 40 with regard
to the retractable infeed guide (8).
With the jack (1) in the extended position, the gap
between the preform and the edge of the preform infeed
wheel (2) should be X = 3 mm.
5
6
1-006354-01-xx.svg
Part D
SBO 20/24
BRE-005
2/6
Line the pin (7) up on a smooth part on the preform neck

to ensure that it functions consistently. The position of
the pin (7) at a third of the preform neck allows rapid
feeding.

1
1-006084-05-xx.svg

The jack (1) is in the retracted position.
The jack (1) pin (7) in the retracted position should not
obstruct preform movement in any way.
1-006355-01-xx.svg
The jack (1) is in the extended position.
The pin (7) of the jack (1) should not be obstructed when
extending.
11- Remove the screwdriver from the infeed rail.
SIDEL
1-006356-01-xx.svg
Part D
3/6
SBO 20/24
BRE-005
Synchronizing the preform infeed wheel (2) with the loading

stop jack (1)
13- Set to Supervisor mode, see procedure "BCU-021.
10
1-010353-24-02.svg
11
12
SIDEL
1-010348-10-02.svg
Part D
SBO 20/24
BRE-005
4/6

15
14
1-007626-04-02.svg
17- Enter the synchronization value between the preform

infeed wheel (2) and the retraction of the loading stop jack
(1) using the keys (17).
18- Enter the synchronization value between the preform
infeed wheel (2) and the extension of the loading stop jack
(1) using the keys (18).
16
20
Begin at 50 %. The percentage 100 % corresponds to

the total number of coder points in one machine pitch.
F Make sure preform feeding is synchronized and no error

messages appear at the PCC.
- If a "torque tripped or strss on guide" message
appears.
Correct and cancel the fault.
Correct the percentages.
Repeat steps 13 to 20 .
- If not.
Go to step 21 .
21- Close the window (C).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
C
17
18
1-010391-02-02.svg
SIDEL
F Make sure that:

- preforms are fed to the required mold,
- the preforms load into the notches on the infeed wheel
(2) correctly,
- every time there is a stoppage, the jack pin (7) is
between two preforms.
1-010390-04-02.svg
Part D
5/6
BRE-005
SBO 20/24
D
21
22
SIDEL
Loading on one mold is active.

24- Enter mold N1 using the key (22).
26- Make sure that the preform enters mold N1.
Loading on one mold is disactivated.
1-010416-01-02.svg
SBO 20/24
BRE-005
6/6
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BRE-009
GENERAL INFORMATION
This procedure allows you to select the unit of
measurement for the air conditioning temperature
display.
The air conditioning is set by SIDEL for optimal
operation. Certain parameters may be modified by the
SAV SIDEL for specific requirements.
PROCEDURE
1-006030-13-xx.svg
1- Press simultaneously on the "ENTER" button (1) and the

button (2) for 10 s on the front of the air conditioning unit.
2345-
The number "1" appears on the display (3).

Press the key (2) 2 times.
Press the key "ENTER"(1).
The setpoint unit setting mode is active.
Select the unit of temperature using the key (2).
Press the key "ENTER"(1).
The unit of temperature is confirmed.
The unit of temperature lamp (4) lights up.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

6- Press the key (2) to return to the original status.
SIDEL
1-006137-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRE-009
2/2
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
1/2
SBO 20/24
BRE-010
GENERAL INFORMATION
The procedure for setting the sensors on all of the
torque limiters is identical.
The transmission system on the preform interior
decontamination system is fitted with a torque limiter.
Make sure that the sensor (1) is mounted in the correct
direction with regard to the control disc (2).
The control disc (2) moves towards the rings (3) if there
is over-torque.
Never attempt to modify the torque limiter tares.
1-007205-08-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- all machine power and utilities turned off.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
None
Specific tools
4
1- Position the detection pin (4) horizontally using the bolt

(5).
3- Position the sensor (1) such that you obtain X = 1,5 mm
and Y = 0,5 mm between the detection pin (4) and the
control disc (2).
5- Tighten or loosen the bolt (5) to obtain Y = 0,5 mm
between the detection pin (4) and the control disc (2).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
PROCEDURE
5
1-007118-01-xx.svg
6- Check that the torque limiters function correctly, see

procedure "BNM-002.
SIDEL
SBO 20/24
BRE-010
2/2
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
1/4
BRE-014
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
First carry out the settings on the infeed rail, see
procedure "BRM-011.
The sensors (1 ; 2) on the infeed rail are direct reflection
photo-electric cells.
1
2
Detection of preforms at the bottom of the

rail
Detection of preforms at the top of the rail
B10.6
B10.5
1-007021-23-xx.svg
Use a sheet of white paper to show the beam from the

sensor cells (1 ; 2).
Where there are several production runs with preforms
of differing opacities, use the most transparent
preforms when carrying out the cell settings.
2
6

regulations.
1-010424-01-xx.svg
MACHINE STATUS
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- preform feeder switched on, see procedure "BCU-003.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
being carried out,
- ladder and footplate supplied with the machine.
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
1- If necessary, open the cover(s)in the infeed rail.
Setting the preform sensor (1) at the bottom of the rail
Part D
SBO 20/24
BRE-014
2/4
2- Clean the emitter (3) and the reflector (4) on the (1) cell
The sensor (1) must be positioned in zone (A) of the
rail. The force of gravity from the preforms located down
from the sensor (1) must be sufficient for there not to be
a loading fault on the infeed wheel. The heavier the
weight of the preforms the closer the sensor (1) is to the
loading pin (6).
9
60
Maintain an angle of 60 between the sensor beam

(1) and the axis along which the preforms travel.
4- Set the positions of the rings (7 ; 8) in zone (A) according

to the weight of the preforms.
6- Position a preform on the axis of the emitter (3)/reflector
(4) via the access flap on the infeed rail.
If there is a UV infeed rail, the sensors (1 ; 2) are set to
detect the body of the preform. The beam from the
sensors (1 ; 2) must fall between the under-neck guides
(10) and the body guides (11).
1-010425-01-xx.svg
10
8- Set the height of the supports so that the emitter (3) and
the reflector (4) are aligned and that the beam from the
emitter (3) is at X = 11 mm below the rim of the preform.
F Check that the lamp on the emitter (3) lights up when

preforms pass in front.
9- Remove the preform.
F Check that the lamp on the emitter (3) goes out.
Setting the sensor (2) at the top of the preform rail
11- Clean the emitter (3) and the reflector (4) on the (2) cell
11
1-010427-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
The distance Y must be sufficient so that when

production restarts, the clearance time for preforms
located between the photoelectric sensors (1 ; 2) is
greater than the arrival time for new preforms of the
infeed rail.
Part D
3/4
SBO 20/24
BRE-014
The theoretical distance Y between the ring (7) on the

sensor (2) and the end of the tube (12) varies depending
on the length of the infeed rail:
- Y = 1,35 m for a 1,5 m infeed rail.
- Y = 2,60 m for a 3 m infeed rail.
- Y = 4 m for a 4,5 m infeed rail.
Maintain an angle of 60 between the sensor beam
(2) and the axis along which the preforms travel.
7
12
13- Set the rings (7 ; 8) on the sensor (2).

14- Repeat steps 5 to 10 to set the preform sensor at the
top of the infeed rail (2).
BEFORE YOU FINISH
15- If necessary, close the cover(s) on the infeed rail.
SIDEL
1-010422-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
BRE-014
4/4
SIDEL
Part D
Part D
1/4
BRE-015
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
First adjust the stabilization rail assembly, see
procedure "BRM-017.
The sensors "D4 ; D3" on the stabilization rail are direct
reflection photoelectric cells.
D4

sensor
B103.3
D3
B102.0
D5
Upper count cell
B105.0
1-007021-24-xx.svg
The cells "D4 ; D3" are fitted with 3 indicator lamps:

- the green lamp indicates that the power is on,
- the yellow lamp indicates that the cell has detected
an object,
- the red lamp indicates that the cell is at its switching
limit.
D4
D5
D3

sensor cells "D4 ; D3".
The sensor cell "D5" on the stabilization is a fiber optic
cell.
1-010426-01-xx.svg
The cell "D5" is fitted with 2 lamps:

- the yellow lamp indicates that the cell is on and has
not detected any object,
- the red lamp indicates that the cell is locked.
The beam from the cell "D5" is not visible. The arrow
(1) indicates the direction of the beam from the cell
"D5".
regulations.
D5
MACHINE STATUS
SIDEL

- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
1-010428-01-xx.svg
Part D
SBO 20/24
BRE-015
2/4
Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
being carried out.
PROCEDURE
machine.
Setting the "D4" sensor cell
2- Clean the emitter (2) and the reflector (3) on the "D4" cell
F Check that the emitter (2) and the reflector (3) are lined
up.
F Check that the beam on the cell has not been cut by any
object.
F Check that the yellow lamp is out when there are no
preforms.
- If the yellow lamp is on.
Press the button (4) for 10 s.
The yellow lamp on the cell "D4" goes out.
The switching mode for the "D4" cell is set.
3- Set the sensitivity of the cell "D4", see above.
4- Unscrew the bolts (5) but do not remove them.
5- Lower the support (6) until the sensor cell "D4" detects
the stabilization rail (7).
The yellow lamp on the cell "D4" lights up.
6- Raise the support (6) until the cell "D4" no longer detects
the stabilization rail (7).
8- Pass 10 preforms in front of the cell "D4".
F Make sure that the yellow lamp on the cell "D4" lights up
when the preforms pass and that the red lamp does not
light up, even slightly.
- If the yellow lamp stays off or if the red lamp comes
on.
9- Repeat the steps "Setting the "D2" cell" from step 2 to
set the "D3" cell.
Setting the sensitivity of a photoelectric cell
D4
2
1-010429-01-xx.svg
D3
10- Press the button (4) for 2 s until the red lamp flashes.
The red lamp goes out.
1-010430-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
Do not press the button (4) for too long 10 s. This action
will invert the cell switching mode. For the preform
feeder to function correctly, the green and yellow lamps
on the "D4 ; D3" cells must be lit when preforms are
present.
Part D
3/4
BRE-015
SBO 20/24
The yellow lamp and the green lamp flash alternately.

The cell is in programming mode.
11- Position one/some of the preform(s) in front of the cell.
The yellow lamp and the green lamp for 1 s.
13- Remove the preform(s).
The yellow and green lamps go out.
After 3 s the green lamp lights up.
The cell has been set and is in operating mode.
If the red lamp flashes immediately after setting the

sensitivity, the setting has failed.
16- Position a preform at the "D5" cell.
17- Set the height of the suppport (9) so that the beam from
the cell "D5", as shown by the arrow (1), falls half way
between the neck of the preform and the rim.
1-010431-01-xx.svg
The cell "D5" and the support (9) can be fitted under the
stabilisation rail (7), if the neck of the preform does not
allow correct detection.
19- Remove the preform from the optic beam.
F Check that the red lamp is out.

- If the red lamp is lit.
Press the "+" (10) and "-" (11) buttons
simultaneously for 3 s.
The "D5" cell is unlocked.
F Check that the yellow lamp is continuously lit.
- If the yellow lamp stays off.
Pass your hand 1 time in front of the "D5" cell.
- If the yellow lamp lights.
Press the "+" (10) and "-" (11) buttons
simultaneously for 6 s.
The red lamp lights for 3 s.
The yellow lamp lights after 6 s.
The switching mode for the "D5" cell is
set.
- If the yellow lamp stays off.
Press the "+" (10) button until the yellow
lamp lights.
The sensitivity of the cell "D5" has been
increased.
During the settings, the beam of the cell "D5" is directed
according to the diameter of the preform (maximum
transparency zone) in order to obatain a single signal.
SIDEL
20- Pass a preform slowly in front of the "D5" cell.
F Check that the yellow lamp goes out when the preform
passes.
- If the yellow lamp stays lit, or only slightly goes out.
D5
11
10
8
1-010434-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part D
BRE-015
4/4
Press the "-" (11) button until the yellow lamp

goes out in the a preform is present.
The sensitivity of the "D5" has been reduced.

21- Pass 10 preforms in front of the cell "D5".
F Check that the yellow lamp goes out when each preform
passes in front.
- If the yellow lamp stays lit.
22- Press the "+" (10) and "-" (11) buttons simultaneously for
3 s.
The "D5" cell is locked.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL
F Unscrambler roller assembly power on.

Part D
1/4
BRE-016
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
First carry out the settings on the unscrambler roller
assembly, see procedure "BRM-013.
The sensors "D7 ; D2 ; D1" on the unscrambler rollers
are direct reflection photo-electric cells.
D7
D2
D1
Blockage detection at the unscrambler

roller exit (option according to model)
Unscrambler roller regulation sensor
stoppage
B99.2
B126.0
B102.1
The cells "D7 ; D2 ; D1" are fitted with 3 indicator lamps:

- the green lamp indicates that the power is on,
- the yellow lamp indicates that the cell has detected
an object,
- the red lamp indicates that the cell is at its switching
limit.
sensor cells "D7 ; D2 ; D1".
regulations.
MACHINE STATUS
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
SIDEL
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Parts
None
Consumables
1-007021-25-xx.svg
D7
D2
D1
1-010435-01-xx.svg
Part D
SBO 20/24
BRE-016
2/4
Specific tools
being carried out.
PROCEDURE
machine.
Setting the "D7" sensor cell (option according to model)
The "D7" sensor detects possible blockages at the exit
to the unscrambler rollers. For optimum operation of the
preform feeder, the "D7" sensor
must never be
masked.
2- Clean the emitter (1) and the reflector (2) on the "D7" cell
4- Position the support (4) for the "D7" sensor on the tube
(5) at 50 mm before the unscrambler roller exit.
8
1-010438-01-xx.svg
SIDEL
up.
object.
preforms.
7- Position 1 preform on the unscrambler rollers (7), level
with the sensor "D7".
9- Lower the emitter (1) until the yellow lamp lights up.
10- Raise the emitter (1) until the yellow lamp goes out.
12- Position several preforms in a tight group such that their
necks are raised in front of the sensor "D7".
F Check that the yellow lamp is lit.
Setting the "D2" sensor cell (option according to model)
Part D
3/4
BRE-016
SBO 20/24
13- Clean the emitter (9) and the reflector (10) on the "D2"
cell using a clean, dry cloth.
15- Position the support (12) on the sensor "D2" on the last
third of the tube (5).
up.
object.
preforms.
18- Position 10 preform on the unscrambler rollers (7), level
with the sensor "D2".
20- Set the incline of the emitter/reflector assembly to make
an angle of 30 with regard to the vertical axis of the
preforms.
21- Set the axial position of the support (12) so that the beam
from the sensor cell "D2" passes between the
unscrambler rollers (7).
F Check that the yellow lamp is lit.
- If the yellow lamp is out.
13
11
7
12
10
1-010442-01-xx.svg
The sensor support "D1" is positioned as far up the tube

(5) as possible.
23- Repeat the steps "Setting the "D2" cell" from step 13 to
set the "D1" cell.
Setting the sensitivity of a photoelectric cell
Do not press the button (6) for too long 10 s. This action
will invert the cell switching mode. For the preform
feeder to function correctly, the green and yellow lamps
on the "D7 ; D2 ; D1" cells must be lit when preforms
are present.
SIDEL
24- Press the button (6) for 2 s until the red lamp flashes.
The red lamp goes out.

The cell is in programming mode.
25- Position one/some of the preform(s) in front of the cell.
The yellow lamp and the green lamp for 1 s.
27- Remove the preform(s).
The yellow and green lamps go out.
1-010431-03-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
Part D
BRE-016
4/4
After 3 s the green lamp lights up.

The cell has been set and is in operating mode.
If the red lamp flashes immediately after setting the
sensitivity, the setting has failed.
BEFORE YOU FINISH
SIDEL

Part D
1/3
BRE-018
SBO 20/24
GENERAL INFORMATION
The sensors (1 ; 2 ; 3) on the hopper are capacitor-type
sensors.
1
Detection at the hopper low level
B72.2
Detection at the hopper highlevel
B72.3
Detection of supply to the elevator column
B78.3
1-007021-26-xx.svg
The height of thee sensor (3) is correctly set when the

number of preforms between each lath on the elevator
belt is constant.
If the hopper is fed either by a tipper or manually, the
sensor (2) will determine the minimum required level of
preforms before filling up. If the hopper is fed by a
conveyor, the sensor (2) will determine the maximum
required level of preforms before the conveyor stops.
In cases here the hopper cannot be fed with preforms,
use, where possible, 2 joined preforms to ensure the
adjustments are carried out without detection of your
hand.
MACHINE STATUS
- hopper filled with preforms.
- primary
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-001,
- main
electrical
circuit
under
power,
see
procedure "BCU-002,
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Parts
None
Consumables
Specific tools
being carried out.
SIDEL
PROCEDURE
1-008537-01-xx.svg
SBO 20/24
1234-
Clean the detection surface of the sensors (1 ; 2).

Loosen the nuts (4) but do not remove them.
Position the sensor (2) at the required height.
Position the sensor (2) at a distance of 1 to 2 mm from
the body of the hopper (5).
Part D
BRE-018
2/3
2
4
1-008523-02-xx.svg

7- Position the sensor (1) at a distance of 1 to 2 mm from
the body of the hopper (5).
1
6
1-008524-02-xx.svg
9- Slightly unscrew the fastener (7).

10- Position the sensor (3) at the required height.
11- Tighten the fastener (7).
3
SIDEL
1-008525-02-xx.svg
Part D
3/3
BRE-018
SBO 20/24
12- Set the potentiometer (8) for the sensors (1 ; 3) to obtain

the detection threshold.
3
9
The lamp (9) on the sensors (1 ; 3) lights up when

preforms are detected.
13- Set the potentiometer (8) on the sensor (2) to obtain the
detection threshold.
The lamp (9) on the sensor (2) goes out when preforms
are detected.
BEFORE YOU FINISH

SIDEL
1-007370-03-xx.svg

Sbo 20

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Sbo 20

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Technical Documentation

Servicing Procedure Catalog

SBO 20/24 - N 12410

Publication date : 13/11/2009

Creation and revision

Publication date : 13/11/2009

Publication date : 13/11/2009

Production process procedure

MECHANICAL OPERATION PROCEDURE

ELECTRICAL OPERATION PROCEDURE

Publication date : 13/11/2009

Publication date : 13/11/2009

Using the Servicing Procedure Catalog

Information contained in the procedure bars

Final status of the machine

Initial status of the machine

Contents of the procedure files

Documents supplied with the machine

Publication date : 13/11/2009

Publication date : 13/11/2009

The Servicing Procedure Catalog includes the following:

Using the Servicing Procedure Catalog

Information contained in the procedure bars

Operation pictogram (1)

Production process procedure

Publication date : 13/11/2009

Procedure reference (4)

Reference and number of pages (5)

List of procedure bars

Publication date : 13/11/2009

Using the procedures

1.3.5.1 Initial status of the machine

Publication date : 13/11/2009

Symbols and writing conventions

Documents supplied with the machine

Publication date : 13/11/2009

Safety: opening/closing molds

Safety: blocking the manual rotation system

Safety: mechanical blocking/unblocking of the machine

Checking the door safeties in JOG mode

Turning on the main machine power circuit

Running the machine in "Automatic" mode

Turning off the utility supplies to the machine

Turning off the main machine circuit

Isolating the machine

Using the JOG system

Using manual rotation

Running the machine in "Manual" mode

Inspecting the preforms on delivery

Clearing preforms from the feeder

Setting the pressure on the low pressure air system

Resynchronizing after a torque limiter has tripped

Acknowledging "information" and "alert" alarms

Acknowledging "critical" alarms

Configuring access to application functions

Entering numerical values

Operating the preform feeder in manual mode

Turning on the power supplies to the machine

Turning off the PCC

Checking the emergency stop buttons

Turning on the PCC

Vision system, access to the blower

Publication date : 13/11/2009